CITY OF CORONA
FINANCE DEPARTMENT – PURCHASING DIVISION
===============================================
January 20, 2022
SUBJECT: Notice Inviting Bids, NIB 22-046CA
Addendum No. 1
Harrison Emergency Shelter – Phase 2
This Addendum No. 1 to the subject Notice Inviting Bids (NIB) provides the project technical specifications and eight (8) revised plan sheets. Please note the bid due date and time remains unchanged.
All provisions of and attachments to this Addendum No. 1 are hereby incorporated by reference into the subject NIB. Contractors shall account for all provisions pursuant to this Addendum No. 1 in submitting their bids. Each contractor shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum in their bid.
1. Technical Specifications:
Add the following set of technical specifications – Project Specifications for Harrison Emergency Shelter – Phase 2 dated January 18, 2022 prepared by Pettit Engineers and Architects.
2. Revised Project Drawings:
Delete the following plan sheets in their entirety and replace with the Rev-1 sheets appended to this addendum.
Sheet T-1 Title Sheet
Sheet D-1 Demolition Plan
Sheet A-1 Cover Plan
Sheet A-2a Floor Plan
Sheet A-2 Floor Plan
Sheet A-3 Unisex Interior Elevations/Signage
Sheet A-3.1 Floor Plan
Sheet P-1 Plumbing
Carol Appelt
Carol Appelt
Purchasing Specialist V
City of Corona
Finance Dept. – Purchasing Division
400 South Vicentia Ave., Suite 320
Corona, CA 92882
Telephone: 951-279-3620
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 1 of 172
SECTION 000110
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS
1.01 DIVISION 00 -- PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS A. 000101 - Project Title Page .................................................................................................... 1 B. 000110 - Table of Contents .................................................................................................... 2
SPECIFICATIONS
2.01 DIVISION 01 -- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. 011000 - Summary ................................................................................................................. 5 B. 012500 - Substitution Procedures .......................................................................................... 6 C. 013000 - Administrative Requirements................................................................................... 7 D. 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls........................................................................... 8 E. 016000 - Product Requirements ............................................................................................. 9 F. 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements ................................................................. 11 G. 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal ...................................................15 H. 019113 - General Commissioning Requirements................................................................. 19
2.02 DIVISION 02 -- EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. 024100 – Demolition .............................................................................................................25 B. 024116 – Structure Demolition .............................................................................................28 C. 024119 – Selective Structure Demolition..............................................................................32
2.03 DIVISION 03 -- CONCRETE
A. 031000 - Concrete Forming and Accessories ......................................................................35 B. 033000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete .........................................................................................36 C. 033500 – Concrete Finishing................................................................................................37 D. 036000 – Grouting ................................................................................................................40
2.04 DIVISION 04 -- MASONRY NOT APPLICABLE
2.05 DIVISION 05 -- METALS
A. 054000 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing..................................................................................44
2.06 DIVISION 06 -- WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES
A. 060573 - Wood Treatment....................................................................................................47 B. 061053 – Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry...........................................................................48 C. 061500 – Wood Decking.......................................................................................................51 D. 064100 – Architectural Wood Casework ..............................................................................54 E. 066116 – Solid Surfacing Fabrications .................................................................................58 F. 068200 – Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Plastic .............................................................................62
2.07 DIVISION 07 -- THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
A. 070553 - Fire and Smoke Assembly Identification ...............................................................65 B. 072100 - Thermal Insulation ................................................................................................. 66 C. 072100 - Thermal Insulation - Dupont de Nemours..............................................................67 D. 074113 - Metal Roof Panels ................................................................................................. 68 E. 076200 – Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.............................................................................69 F. 078400 – Firestopping ..........................................................................................................71 G. 078700 - Smoke Containment Barriers - Door Systems, Inc................................................72 Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 2 of 172
2.08 DIVISION 08 -- OPENINGS
A. 080671 - Door Hardware Schedule ......................................................................................73 B. 081113 – Hollow Metal Doors and Frames ..........................................................................74 C. 081416 - Flush Wood Doors................................................................................................. 76 D. 083113 - Access Doors and Panels .....................................................................................77 E. 084243 - Intensive Care Unit / Critical Care Unit Entrances ................................................79 F. 085659 - Service and Teller Window Units...........................................................................80 G. 087100 - Door Hardware ......................................................................................................81 H. 088000 – Glazing..................................................................................................................82
2.09 DIVISION 09 -- FINISHES
A. 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies ...................................................................................86 B. 092216 - Non-Structural Metal Framing ...............................................................................90 C. 092713 – Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Plaster Fabrications........................................................91 D. 093000 – Tiling .....................................................................................................................96 E. 095113 – Acoustic Panel Ceilings ......................................................................................101 F. 095123 – Acoustical Tile Ceilings.......................................................................................104 G. 099000 – Painting and Coating...........................................................................................106 H. 099600 – High Performance Coating .................................................................................112
2.10 DIVISION 10 -- SPECIALTIES
A. 101400 – Signage...............................................................................................................116 B. 102113 – Toilet Compartments ..........................................................................................117 C. 102113.13 - Metal Toilet Compartments ............................................................................119 D. 107313 – Awnings ..............................................................................................................120
2.11 DIVISION 11 -- EQUIPMENT
A. 113100 – Residential Appliances - Refrigerator................................................................. 124
2.12 DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS
120000 – Furnishings ................................................................................................................125
2.13 DIVISION 13 -- SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
2.14 DIVISION 14 -- CONVEYING EQUIPMENT
2.15 DIVISION 21 -- FIRE SUPPRESSION
A. 210500 - Common Work Results for Fire Suppression ......................................................126
2.16 DIVISION 22 -- PLUMBING
A. 220500 – Common Work Results for Plumbing..................................................................127 B. 220513 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment.....................................128 C. 220523 - General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping ...........................................................129 D. 220529 - Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment...............................130 E. 220553 - Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment...............................................131 F. 220716 - Plumbing Equipment Insulation ...........................................................................132 G. 220719 - Plumbing Piping Insulation ..................................................................................133 H. 221005 - Plumbing Piping...................................................................................................134 I. 223000 - Plumbing Equipment............................................................................................135 J. 224000 – Plumbing Fixtures ...............................................................................................136
2.17 DIVISION 23 -- HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITIONING (HVAC) A. 230800 - Commissioning of HVAC .....................................................................................140 Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 3 of 172
2.18 DIVISION 25 -- INTEGRATED AUTOMATION NOT APPLICABLE
2.19 DIVISION 26 -- ELECTRICAL
A. 260500 – Common Work Results for Electrical..................................................................145 B. 260505 - Selective Demolition for Electrical .......................................................................147 C. 260519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables .......................................148 D. 260526 - Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems...................................................149 E. 260529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.....................................................150 F. 260533.13 - Conduit for Electrical Systems........................................................................156 G. 260533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems ..........................................................................157 H. 260533.23 - Surface Raceways for Electrical Systems......................................................158 I. 260553 - Identification for Electrical Systems.....................................................................159 J. 260923 - Lighting Control Devices......................................................................................160 K. 265000 – Lighting ...............................................................................................................161 L. 265100 - Interior Lighting....................................................................................................163
2.20 DIVISION 27 -- COMMUNICATIONS NOT APPLICABLE
2.21 DIVISION 28 -- ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY
A. 284600 – Fire Detection and Alarm ..................................................................................166
2.22 DIVISION 31 -- EARTHWORK NOT APPLICABLE
2.23 DIVISION 32 -- EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS
A. 329000 – Planting ...............................................................................................................168
2.24 DIVISION 33 -- UTILITIES
2.25 DIVISION 34 -- TRANSPORTATION NOT APPLICABLE
2.26 DIVISION 40 -- PROCESS INTEGRATION NOT APPLICABLE
2.27 DIVISION 46 -- WATER AND WASTEWATER EQUIPMENT NOT APPLICABLE
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 4 of 172
SECTION 011000
SUMMARY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT
A. Project Name: Harrison Emergency Shelter – Phase 2
B. Owner: CITY OF CORONA.
C. Architect's Name: PETTIT ENGINEERS AND ARCHITECTS.
D. The Project consists of the construction of Tenant Improvements.
1.02 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION
A. Contract Type: A single prime contract based on a Stipulated Price as described in Document 005200 - Agreement Form.
1.03 OWNER OCCUPANCY
A. Owner intends to occupy the Project upon Substantial Completion.
B. Cooperate with Owner to minimize conflict and to facilitate Owner's operations.
C. Schedule the Work to accommodate Owner occupancy.
1.04 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE AND PREMISES
A. Provide access to and from site as required by law and by Owner:
1. Emergency Building Exits During Construction: Keep all exits required by code open during construction period; provide temporary exit signs if exit routes are temporarily altered.
2. Do not obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or other public ways without permit.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 5 of 172
SECTION 012500
SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Procedural requirements for proposed substitutions.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. A Substitution Request for products, assemblies, materials, and equipment constitutes a representation that the submitter:
1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds the quality level of the specified product, equipment, assembly, or system.
2. Agrees to provide the same warranty for the substitution as for the specified product.
3. Agrees to coordinate installation and make changes to other work that may be required for the work to be complete, with no additional cost to Owner.
4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent.
B. Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. Burden of proof is on proposer.
C. Content: Include information necessary for tracking the status of each Substitution Request, and information necessary to provide an actionable response.
D. Limit each request to a single proposed substitution item.
3.02 RESOLUTION
A. Architect may request additional information and documentation prior to rendering a decision. Provide this data in an expeditious manner.
B. Architect will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request.
1. Architect's decision following review of proposed substitution will be noted on the submitted form.
3.03 ACCEPTANCE
A. Accepted substitutions change the work of the Project. They will be documented and incorporated into work of the project by Change Order, Construction Change Directive, Architectural Supplementary Instructions, or similar instruments provided for in the Conditions of the Contract.
3.04 CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES
A. See Section 017800 - Closeout Submittals, for closeout submittals.
B. Include completed Substitution Request Forms as part of the Project record. Include both approved and rejected Requests.
3.05 ATTACHMENTS
A. A facsimile of the Substitution Request Form (During Construction) required to be used on the Project is included after this section.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 6 of 172
SECTION 013000
ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with requirements of Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements for coordination of execution of administrative tasks with timing of construction activities.
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 7 of 172
SECTION 015000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 INTERIOR ENCLOSURES
A. Provide temporary partitions and ceilings as indicated to separate work areas from Owneroccupied areas, to prevent penetration of dust and moisture into Owner-occupied areas, and to prevent damage to existing materials and equipment.
B. Construction: Framing and reinforced polyethylene sheet materials with closed joints and sealed edges at intersections with existing surfaces:
PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 8 of 172
SECTION 016000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures: Substitutions made during procurement and/or construction phases.
B. Section 016116 - Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content Restrictions: Requirements for VOC-restricted product categories.
C. Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Waste disposal requirements potentially affecting product selection, packaging and substitutions.
D. Section 220513 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment: Motors for plumbing equipment.
E. Section 230513 - Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment: Motors for HVAC equipment.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators 2018.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data Submittals: Submit manufacturer's standard published data. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project.
B. Shop Drawing Submittals: Prepared specifically for this Project; indicate utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances.
C. Sample Submittals: Illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the product, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work.
1. For selection from standard finishes, submit samples of the full range of the manufacturer's standard colors, textures, and patterns.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 NEW PRODUCTS
A. Provide new products unless specifically required or permitted by Contract Documents.
B. Use of products having any of the following characteristics is not permitted:
C. Where other criteria are met, Contractor shall give preference to products that:
1. If used on interior, have lower emissions, as defined in Section 016116.
2. If wet-applied, have lower VOC content, as defined in Section 016116.
D. Motors: Refer to Section 220513 - Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment, NEMA MG 1 Type. Specific motor type is specified in individual specification sections.
E. Motors: Refer to Section 230513 - Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment, NEMA MG 1 Type. Specific motor type is specified in individual specification sections.
2.02 PRODUCT OPTIONS
A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Use any product meeting those standards or description.
B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Use a product of one of the manufacturers named and meeting specifications, no options or substitutions allowed.
C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with a Provision for Substitutions: Submit a request for substitution for any manufacturer not named.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 SUBSTITUTION LIMITATIONS
A. See Section 012500 - Substitution Procedures.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 9 of 172
3.02 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. Package products for shipment in manner to prevent damage; for equipment, package to avoid loss of factory calibration.
B. If special precautions are required, attach instructions prominently and legibly on outside of packaging.
C. Coordinate schedule of product delivery to designated prepared areas in order to minimize site storage time and potential damage to stored materials.
D. Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Transport materials in covered trucks to prevent contamination of product and littering of surrounding areas.
F. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged.
G. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage, and to minimize handling.
H. Arrange for the return of packing materials, such as wood pallets, where economically feasible.
3.03 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
A. Designate receiving/storage areas for incoming products so that they are delivered according to installation schedule and placed convenient to work area in order to minimize waste due to excessive materials handling and misapplication. See Section 017419.
B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers' instructions.
C. Store with seals and labels intact and legible.
D. Store sensitive products in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product.
E. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place on sloped supports above ground.
F. Protect products from damage or deterioration due to construction operations, weather, precipitation, humidity, temperature, sunlight and ultraviolet light, dirt, dust, and other contaminants.
G. Comply with manufacturer's warranty conditions, if any.
H. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products.
I. Prevent contact with material that may cause corrosion, discoloration, or staining.
J. Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
K. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 10 of 172
SECTION 017000
EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 078400 - Firestopping.
1.02 QUALIFICATIONS
A. For surveying work, employ a land surveyor registered in the State in which the Project is located and acceptable to Architect. Submit evidence of surveyor's Errors and Omissions insurance coverage in the form of an Insurance Certificate. Employ only individual(s) trained and experienced in collecting and recording accurate data relevant to ongoing construction activities,
1.03 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Ventilate enclosed areas to assist cure of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PATCHING MATERIALS
A. New Materials: As specified in product sections; match existing products and work for patching and extending work.
B. Type and Quality of Existing Products: Determine by inspecting and testing products where necessary, referring to existing work as a standard.
C. Product Substitution: For any proposed change in materials, submit request for substitution described in Section 016000 - Product Requirements.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent work. Start of work means acceptance of existing conditions.
B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new work being applied or attached.
C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections.
D. Take field measurements before confirming product orders or beginning fabrication, to minimize waste due to over-ordering or misfabrication.
E. Verify that utility services are available, of the correct characteristics, and in the correct locations.
F. Prior to Cutting: Examine existing conditions prior to commencing work, including elements subject to damage or movement during cutting and patching. After uncovering existing work, assess conditions affecting performance of work. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.
B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.
C. Apply manufacturer required or recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying any new material or substance in contact or bond.
3.03 LAYING OUT THE WORK
A. Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work.
B. Promptly notify Architect of any discrepancies discovered.
C. Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent reference points during construction.
D. Promptly report to Architect the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 11 of 172
E. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Architect.
F. Utilize recognized engineering survey practices.
G. Establish elevations, lines and levels. Locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:
1. Site improvements including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations; and [________].
2. Grid or axis for structures.
3. Building foundation, column locations, ground floor elevations, and [________].
H. Periodically verify layouts by same means.
I. Maintain a complete and accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.
3.04 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Install products as specified in individual sections, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, and so as to avoid waste due to necessity for replacement.
B. Make vertical elements plumb and horizontal elements level, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Install equipment and fittings plumb and level, neatly aligned with adjacent vertical and horizontal lines, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Make consistent texture on surfaces, with seamless transitions, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Make neat transitions between different surfaces, maintaining texture and appearance.
3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Whenever possible, execute the work by methods that avoid cutting or patching.
B. Perform whatever cutting and patching is necessary to:
1. Complete the work.
2. Fit products together to integrate with other work.
3. Provide openings for penetration of mechanical, electrical, and other services.
4. Match work that has been cut to adjacent work.
5. Repair areas adjacent to cuts to required condition.
6. Repair new work damaged by subsequent work.
7. Remove samples of installed work for testing when requested.
8. Remove and replace defective and non-complying work.
C. Execute work by methods that avoid damage to other work and that will provide appropriate surfaces to receive patching and finishing. In existing work, minimize damage and restore to original condition.
D. Employ original installer to perform cutting for weather exposed and moisture resistant elements, and sight exposed surfaces.
E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill. Pneumatic tools not allowed without prior approval.
F. Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.
G. Fit work air tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
H. At penetrations of fire rated walls, partitions, ceiling, or floor construction, completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 078400, to full thickness of the penetrated element.
I. Patching:
1. Finish patched surfaces to match finish that existed prior to patching. On continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection or natural break. For an assembly, refinish entire unit.
2. Match color, texture, and appearance.
3. Repair patched surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections due to patching work. If defects are due to condition of substrate, repair substrate prior to repairing finish.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 12 of 172
3.06 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in a clean and orderly condition.
B. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, prior to enclosing the space.
C. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas prior to start of surface finishing, and continue cleaning to eliminate dust.
D. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and trash/rubbish from site periodically and dispose off-site; do not burn or bury.
3.07 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK
A. Protect installed work from damage by construction operations.
B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections.
C. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.
D. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings.
E. Protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects, by protecting with durable sheet materials.
F. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. If traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer.
G. Remove protective coverings when no longer needed; reuse or recycle coverings if possible.
3.08 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.
3.09 FINAL CLEANING
A. Use cleaning materials that are nonhazardous.
B. Clean interior and exterior glass, surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains and foreign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.
C. Remove all labels that are not permanent. Do not paint or otherwise cover fire test labels or nameplates on mechanical and electrical equipment.
D. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned.
E. Clean filters of operating equipment.
F. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, scuppers, overflow drains, area drains, drainage systems, and [______].
G. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.
H. Remove waste, surplus materials, trash/rubbish, and construction facilities from the site; dispose of in legal manner; do not burn or bury.
3.10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
A. Make submittals that are required by governing or other authorities.
B. Accompany Project Coordinator on preliminary inspection to determine items to be listed for completion or correction in the Contractor's Correction Punch List for Contractor's Notice of Substantial Completion.
C. Notify Architect when work is considered ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection.
D. Submit written certification containing Contractor's Correction Punch List, that Contract Documents have been reviewed, work has been inspected, and that work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion inspection.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 13 of 172
E. Conduct Substantial Completion inspection and create Final Correction Punch List containing Architect's and Contractor's comprehensive list of items identified to be completed or corrected and submit to Architect.
F. Correct items of work listed in Final Correction Punch List and comply with requirements for access to Owner-occupied areas.
G. Notify Architect when work is considered finally complete and ready for Architect's Substantial Completion final inspection.
H. Complete items of work determined by Architect listed in executed Certificate of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 14 of 172
SECTION 017419
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
A. Owner requires that this project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible.
B. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors.
C. Minimize trash/waste disposal in landfills; reuse, salvage, or recycle as much waste as economically feasible.
D. Owner may decide to pay for additional recycling, salvage, and/or reuse based on Landfill Alternatives Proposal specified below.
E. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration:
1. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers.
2. Corrugated cardboard.
3. Wood pallets.
4. Clean dimensional wood.
5. Land clearing debris, including brush, branches, logs, and stumps; see Section 311000 - Site Clearing for use options.
6. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze.
F. Contractor shall submit periodic Waste Disposal Reports; all landfill disposal, incineration, recycling, salvage, and reuse must be reported regardless of to whom the cost or savings accrues; use the same units of measure on all reports.
G. Contractor shall develop and follow a Waste Management Plan designed to implement these requirements.
H. The following sources may be useful in developing the Waste Management Plan:
I. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are:
1. Burning on the project site.
2. Burying on the project site.
3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private.
4. Other illegal dumping or burying.
J. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements: Additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation.
B. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services.
C. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling.
D. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning.
E. Section 311000 - Site Clearing: Handling and disposal of land clearing debris.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like.
B. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 15 of 172
C. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity.
D. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity.
E. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure.
F. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others.
G. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others.
H. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste.
I. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit.
J. Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site.
K. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others.
L. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production run-off water.
M. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste.
N. Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure.
O. Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged.
P. Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Landfill Alternatives Proposal: Within 10 calendar days after receipt of Notice of Award of Bid, or prior to any trash or waste removal, whichever occurs sooner, submit a projection of trash/waste that will require disposal and alternatives to landfilling, with net costs.
1. Submit to Architect for Owner's review and approval.
2. If Owner wishes to implement any cost alternatives, the Contract Price will be adjusted as specified elsewhere.
3. Include an analysis of trash/waste to be generated and landfill options as specified for Waste Management Plan described below.
4. Describe as many alternatives to landfilling as possible:
a. List each material proposed to be salvaged, reused, or recycled. b. List the proposed local market for each material.
c. State the estimated net cost resulting from each alternative, after subtracting revenue from sale of recycled or salvaged materials and landfill tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials from the landfill.
5. Provide alternatives to landfilling for at least the following materials:
a. Concrete.
b. Bricks.
c. Concrete masonry units.
d. Asphalt paving.
C. Once Owner has determined which of the landfill alternatives addressed in the Proposal above are acceptable, prepare and submit Waste Management Plan; submit within 10 calendar days after notification by Architect.
D. Waste Management Plan: Include the following information:
1. Analysis of the trash and waste projected to be generated during the entire project construction cycle, including types and quantities.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 16 of 172
2. Landfill Options: The name, address, and telephone number of the landfill(s) where trash/waste will be disposed of, the applicable landfill tipping fee(s), and the projected cost of disposing of all project trash/waste in the landfill(s).
3. Landfill Alternatives: List all waste materials that will be diverted from landfills by reuse, salvage, or recycling.
4. Meetings: Describe regular meetings to be held to address waste prevention, reduction, recycling, salvage, reuse, and disposal.
5. Materials Handling Procedures: Describe the means by which materials to be diverted from landfills will be protected from contamination and prepared for acceptance by designated facilities; include separation procedures for recyclables, storage, and packaging.
6. Transportation: Identify the destination and means of transportation of materials to be recycled; i.e. whether materials will be site-separated and self-hauled to designated centers, or whether mixed materials will be collected by a waste hauler.
E. Waste Disposal Reports: Submit at specified intervals, with details of quantities of trash and waste, means of disposal or reuse, and costs; show both totals to date and since last report.
1. Submit updated Report with each Application for Progress Payment; failure to submit Report will delay payment.
2. Submit Report on a form acceptable to Owner.
3. Landfill Disposal: Include the following information:
a. Identification of material.
b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters), of trash/waste material from the project disposed of in landfills.
c. State the identity of landfills, total amount of tipping fees paid to landfill, and total disposal cost.
d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost.
4. Incinerator Disposal: Include the following information:
a. Identification of material.
b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters), of trash/waste material from the project delivered to incinerators.
c. State the identity of incinerators, total amount of fees paid to incinerator, and total disposal cost.
d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost.
5. Recycled and Salvaged Materials: Include the following information for each:
a. Identification of material, including those retrieved by installer for use on other projects.
b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters), date removed from the project site, and receiving party.
c. Transportation cost, amount paid or received for the material, and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material.
d. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices as evidence of quantity and cost.
e. Certification by receiving party that materials will not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration.
6. Material Reused on Project: Include the following information for each:
a. Identification of material and how it was used in the project. b. Amount, in tons or cubic yards (cubic meters).
c. Include weight tickets as evidence of quantity.
7. Other Disposal Methods: Include information similar to that described above, as appropriate to disposal method.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. See Section 016000 - Product Requirements for substitution submission procedures.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 17 of 172
B. For each proposed product substitution, submit the following information in addition to requirements specified in Section 016000:
1. Relative amount of waste produced, compared to specified product.
2. Cost savings on waste disposal, compared to specified product, to be deducted from the Contract Price.
3. Proposed disposal method for waste product.
4. Markets for recycled waste product.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROCEDURES
A. See Section 013000 for additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation.
B. See Section 015000 for additional requirements related to trash/waste collection and removal facilities and services.
C. See Section 016000 for waste prevention requirements related to delivery, storage, and handling.
D. See Section 017000 for trash/waste prevention procedures related to demolition, cutting and patching, installation, protection, and cleaning.
3.02 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
A. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan.
B. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, Owner, and Architect.
C. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project.
D. Meetings: Discuss trash/waste management goals and issues at project meetings.
1. Prebid meeting.
2. Preconstruction meeting.
3. Regular job-site meetings.
E. Facilities: Provide specific facilities for separation and storage of materials for recycling, salvage, reuse, return, and trash disposal, for use by all contractors and installers.
1. Provide containers as required.
2. Provide adequate space for pick-up and delivery and convenience to subcontractors.
3. Keep recycling and trash/waste bin areas neat and clean and clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials.
F. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations.
G. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials.
H. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse.
I. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 18 of 172
SECTION 019113
GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Commissioning is intended to achieve the following specific objectives; this section specifies the Contractor's responsibilities for commissioning:
1. Verify that the work is installed in accordance with Contract Documents and the manufacturer’s recommendations and instructions, and that it receives adequate operational checkout prior to startup: Startup reports and Prefunctional Checklists executed by Contractor are utilized to achieve this.
2. Verify and document that functional performance is in accordance with Contract Documents: Functional Tests executed by Contractor and witnessed by the Commissioning Authority are utilized to achieve this.
3. Verify that operation and maintenance manuals submitted to Owner are complete: Detailed operation and maintenance (O&M) data submittals by Contractor are utilized to achieve this.
4. Verify that the Owner’s operating personnel are adequately trained: Formal training conducted by Contractor is utilized to achieve this.
B. The Commissioning Authority directs and coordinates all commissioning activities; this section describes some but not all of the Commissioning Authority's responsibilities.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 017800 - Closeout Submittals: Scope and procedures for operation and maintenance manuals and project record documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT
A. Provide all standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required Functional Testing; unless otherwise noted such testing equipment will NOT become the property of Owner.
B. Calibration Tolerances: Provide testing equipment of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with the tolerances specified. If not otherwise noted, the following minimum requirements apply:
1. Temperature Sensors and Digital Thermometers: Certified calibration within past year to accuracy of 0.5 degree F (0.3 degree C) and resolution of plus/minus 0.1 degree F (0.05 degree C).
2. Pressure Sensors: Accuracy of plus/minus 2.0 percent of the value range being measured (not full range of meter), calibrated within the last year.
3. Calibration: According to the manufacturer’s recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged; affix calibration tags or keep certificates readily available for inspection.
C. Equipment-Specific Tools: Where special testing equipment, tools and instruments are specific to a piece of equipment, are only available from the vendor, and are required in order to accomplish startup or Functional Testing, provide such equipment, tools, and instruments as part of the work at no extra cost to Owner; such equipment, tools, and instruments are to become the property of Owner.
D. Dataloggers: Independent equipment and software for monitoring flows, currents, status, pressures, etc. of equipment.
1. Dataloggers required to for Functional Tests will be provided by the Commissioning Authority and will not become the property of Owner.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 COMMISSIONING PLAN
A. Commissioning Authority has prepared the Commissioning Plan.
1. Attend meetings called by the Commissioning Authority for purposes of completing the commissioning plan.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 19 of 172
2. Require attendance and participation of relevant subcontractors, installers, suppliers, and manufacturer representatives.
B. Contractor is responsible for compliance with the Commissioning Plan.
C. Commissioning Plan: The commissioning schedule, procedures, and coordination requirements for all parties in the commissioning process.
D. Commissioning Schedule:
1. Submit anticipated dates of startup of each item of equipment and system to Commissioning Authority within 60 days after award of Contract.
2. Re-submit anticipated startup dates monthly, but not less than 4 weeks prior to startup.
3. Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Tests are to be performed in sequence from components, to subsystems, to systems.
4. Provide sufficient notice to Commissioning Authority for delivery of relevant Checklists and Functional Test procedures, to avoid delay.
3.02 STARTUP PLANS AND REPORTS
A. Startup Plans: For each item of equipment and system for which the manufacturer provides a startup plan, submit the plan not less than 8 weeks prior to startup.
B. Startup Reports: For each item of equipment and system for which the manufacturer provides a startup checklist (or startup plan or field checkout sheet), document compliance by submitting the completed startup checklist prior to startup, signed and dated by responsible entity.
C. Submit directly to the Commissioning Authority.
3.03 PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS
A. A Prefunctional Checklist is required to be filled out for each item of equipment or other assembly specified to be commissioned.
1. No sampling of identical or near-identical items is allowed.
2. These checklists do not replace manufacturers' recommended startup checklists, regardless of apparent redundancy.
3. Prefunctional Checklist forms will not be complete until after award of the contract; the following types of information will be gathered via the completed Checklist forms:
a. Certification by installing contractor that the unit is properly installed, started up, and operating and ready for Functional Testing.
b. Confirmation of receipt of each shop drawing and commissioning submittal specified, itemized by unit.
c. Manufacturer, model number, and relevant capacity information; list information "as specified," "as submitted," and "as installed."
d. Serial number of installed unit.
e. List of inspections to be conducted to document proper installation prior to startup and Functional Testing; these will be primarily static inspections and procedures; for equipment and systems may include normal manufacturer’s start-up checklist items and minor testing.
f. Sensor and actuator calibration information.
B. Contractor is responsible for filling out Prefunctional Checklists, after completion of installation and before startup; witnessing by the Commissioning Authority is not required unless otherwise specified.
1. Each line item without deficiency is to be witnessed, initialed, and dated by the actual witness; checklists are not complete until all line items are initialed and dated complete without deficiencies.
2. Checklists with incomplete items may be submitted for approval provided the Contractor attests that incomplete items do not preclude the performance of safe and reliable Functional Testing; re-submission of the Checklist is required upon completion of remaining items.
3. Individual Checklists may contain line items that are the responsibility of more than one installer; Contractor shall assign responsibility to appropriate installers or subcontractors, with identification recorded on the form.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 20 of 172
4. If any Checklist line item is not relevant, record reasons on the form.
5. Contractor may independently perform startup inspections and/or tests, at Contractor's option.
6. Regardless of these reporting requirements, Contractor is responsible for correct startup and operation.
7. Submit completed Checklists to Commissioning Authority within two days of completion.
C. Commissioning Authority is responsible for furnishing the Prefunctional Checklists to Contractor.
1. Initial Drafts: Contractor is responsible for initial draft of Prefunctional Checklist where so indicated in Contract Documents.
2. Provide all additional information requested by Commissioning Authority to aid in preparation of checklists, such as shop drawing submittals, manufacturers' startup checklists, and O&M data.
3. Commissioning Authority may add any relevant items deemed necessary regardless of whether they are explicitly mentioned in Contract Documents or not.
4. When asked to review the proposed Checklists, do so in a timely manner.
D. Commissioning Authority Witnessing: Required for:
1. Each piece of primary equipment, unless sampling of multiple similar units is allowed by the commissioning plan.
2. A sampling of non-primary equipment, as allowed by the commissioning plan.
E. Deficiencies: Correct deficiencies and re-inspect or re-test, as applicable, at no extra cost to Owner.
1. If difficulty in correction would delay progress, report deficiency to the Commissioning Authority immediately.
3.04 FUNCTIONAL TESTS
A. A Functional Test is required for each item of equipment, system, or other assembly specified to be commissioned, unless sampling of multiple identical or near-identical units is allowed by the final test procedures.
B. Contractor is responsible for execution of required Functional Tests, after completion of Prefunctional Checklist and before closeout.
C. Commissioning Authority is responsible for witnessing and reporting results of Functional Tests, including preparation and completion of forms for that purpose.
D. Contractor is responsible for correction of deficiencies and re-testing at no extra cost to Owner; if a deficiency is not corrected and re-tested immediately, the Commissioning Authority will document the deficiency and the Contractor's stated intentions regarding correction.
1. Deficiencies are any condition in the installation or function of a component, piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with Contract Documents or does not perform properly.
2. When the deficiency has been corrected, the Contractor completes the form certifying that the item is ready to be re-tested and returns the form to the Commissioning Authority; the Commissioning Authority will reschedule the test and the Contractor shall re-test.
3. Identical or Near-Identical Items: If 10 percent, or three, whichever is greater, of identical or near-identical items fail to perform due to material or manufacturing defect, all items will be considered defective; provide a proposal for correction within 2 weeks after notification of defect, including provision for testing sample installations prior to replacement of all items.
4. Contractor shall bear the cost of Owner and Commissioning Authority personnel time witnessing re-testing.
5. Contractor shall bear the cost of Owner and Commissioning Authority personnel time witnessing re-testing if the test failed due to failure to execute the relevant Prefunctional Checklist correctly; if the test failed for reasons that would not have been identified in the Prefunctional Checklist process, Contractor shall bear the cost of the second and subsequent re-tests.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 21 of 172
E. Functional Test Procedures:
1. Some test procedures are included in Contract Documents; where Functional Test procedures are not included in Contract Documents, test procedures will be determined by the Commissioning Authority with input by and coordination with Contractor.
2. Examples of Functional Testing:
a. Test the dynamic function and operation of equipment and systems (rather than just components) using manual (direct observation) or monitoring methods under full operation (e.g., the chiller pump is tested interactively with the chiller functions to see if the pump ramps up and down to maintain the differential pressure setpoint).
b. Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, component failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, fire alarm, power failure, etc.
c. Systems are run through all the HVAC control system’s sequences of operation and components are verified to be responding as the sequence's state. d. Traditional air or water test and balancing (TAB) is not Functional Testing; spot checking of TAB by demonstration to the Commissioning Authority is Functional Testing.
F. Deferred Functional Tests: Some tests may need to be performed later, after substantial completion, due to partial occupancy, equipment, seasonal requirements, design or other site conditions; performance of these tests remains the Contractor's responsibility regardless of timing.
3.05 SENSOR AND ACTUATOR CALIBRATION
A. Calibrate all field-installed temperature, relative humidity, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and pressure sensors and gauges, and all actuators (dampers and valves) on this piece of equipment shall be calibrated. Sensors installed in the unit at the factory with calibration certification provided need not be field calibrated.
B. Calibrate using the methods described below; alternate methods may be used, if approved by Commissioning Authority and Owner beforehand. See PART 2 for test instrument requirements. Record methods used on the relevant Prefunctional Checklist or other suitable forms, documenting initial, intermediate and final results.
C. All Sensors:
1. Verify that sensor location is appropriate and away from potential causes of erratic operation.
2. Verify that sensors with shielded cable are grounded only at one end.
3. For sensor pairs that are used to determine a temperature or pressure difference, for temperature make sure they are reading within 0.2 degree F (0.1 degree C) of each other, and for pressure, within tolerance equal to 2 percent of the reading, of each other.
4. Tolerances for critical applications may be tighter.
D. Sensors Without Transmitters - Standard Application:
1. Make a reading with a calibrated test instrument within 6 inches (150 mm) of the site sensor.
2. Verify that the sensor reading, via the permanent thermostat, gauge or building automation system, is within the tolerances in the table below of the instrumentmeasured value.
3. If not, install offset, calibrate or replace sensor.
E. Sensors With Transmitters - Standard Application.
1. Disconnect sensor.
2. Connect a signal generator in place of sensor.
3. Connect ammeter in series between transmitter and building automation system control panel.
4. Using manufacturer’s resistance-temperature data, simulate minimum desired temperature.
5. Adjust transmitter potentiometer zero until 4 mA is read by the ammeter.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 22 of 172
6. Repeat for the maximum temperature matching 20 mA to the potentiometer span or maximum and verify at the building automation system.
7. Record all values and recalibrate controller as necessary to comply with specified control ramps, reset schedules, proportional relationship, reset relationship and P/I reaction.
8. Reconnect sensor.
9. Make a reading with a calibrated test instrument within 6 inches (150 mm) of the site sensor.
10. Verify that the sensor reading, via the permanent thermostat, gauge or building automation system, is within the tolerances in the table below of the instrumentmeasured value.
11. If not, replace sensor and repeat.
12. For pressure sensors, perform a similar process with a suitable signal generator.
F. Sensor Tolerances for Standard Applications: Plus/minus the following maximums:
1. Watthour, Voltage, Amperage: 1 percent of design.
2. Pressure, Air, Water, Gas: 3 percent of design.
3. Air Temperatures (Outside Air, Space Air, Duct Air): 0.4 degrees F (0.2 degree C).
4. Relative Humidity: 4 percent of design.
5. Barometric Pressure: 0.1 inch of Hg (340 Pa).
6. Flow Rate, Air: 10 percent of design.
7. Flow Rate, Water: 4 percent of design.
8. AHU Wet Bulb and Dew Point: 2.0 degrees F (1.1 degrees C).
G. Critical Applications: For some applications more rigorous calibration techniques may be required for selected sensors. Describe any such methods used on an attached sheet.
H. Valve/Damper Stroke Setup and Check:
1. For all valve/damper actuator positions checked, verify the actual position against the control system readout.
2. Set pump/fan to normal operating mode.
3. Command valve/damper closed; visually verify that valve/damper is closed and adjust output zero signal as required.
4. Command valve/damper to open; verify position is full open and adjust output signal as required.
5. Command valve/damper to a few intermediate positions.
6. If actual valve/damper position does not reasonably correspond, replace actuator or add pilot positioner (for pneumatics).
I. Isolation Valve or System Valve Leak Check: For valves not associated with coils.
1. With full pressure in the system, command valve closed.
2. Use an ultra-sonic flow meter to detect flow or leakage.
3.06 TEST PROCEDURES - GENERAL
A. Provide skilled technicians to execute starting of equipment and to execute the Functional Tests. Ensure that they are available and present during the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete the necessary tests, adjustments and problem-solving.
B. Provide all necessary materials and system modifications required to produce the flows, pressures, temperatures, and conditions necessary to execute the test according to the specified conditions. At completion of the test, return all affected equipment and systems to their pre-test condition.
C. Sampling: Where Functional Testing of fewer than the total number of multiple identical or near-identical items is explicitly permitted, perform sampling as follows:
1. Identical Units: Defined as units with same application and sequence of operation; only minor size or capacity difference.
2. Sampling is not allowed for:
a. Major equipment.
b. Life-safety-critical equipment.
c. Prefunctional Checklist execution.
3. XX = the percent of the group of identical equipment to be included in each sample; defined for specific type of equipment.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 23 of 172
4. YY = the percent of the sample that if failed will require another sample to be tested; defined for specific type of equipment.
5. Randomly test at least XX percent of each group of identical equipment, but not less than three units. This constitutes the "first sample."
6. If YY percent of the units in the first sample fail, test another XX percent of the remaining identical units.
7. If YY percent of the units in the second sample fail, test all remaining identical units.
8. If frequent failures occur, resulting in more troubleshooting than testing, the Commissioning Authority may stop the testing and require Contractor to perform and document a checkout of the remaining units prior to continuing testing.
D. Manual Testing: Use hand-held instruments, immediate control system readouts, or direct observation to verify performance (contrasted to analyzing monitored data taken over time to make the “observation”).
E. Simulating Conditions: Artificially create the necessary condition for the purpose of testing the response of a system; for example apply hot air to a space sensor using a hair dryer to see the response in a VAV box.
F. Simulating Signals: Disconnect the sensor and use a signal generator to send an amperage, resistance or pressure to the transducer and control system to simulate the sensor value.
G. Over-Writing Values: Change the sensor value known to the control system in the control system to see the response of the system; for example, change the outside air temperature value from 50 degrees F to 75 degrees F to verify economizer operation.
H. Indirect Indicators: Remote indicators of a response or condition, such as a reading from a control system screen reporting a damper to be 100 percent closed, are considered indirect indicators.
I. Monitoring: Record parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using dataloggers or the trending capabilities of the relevant control systems; where monitoring of specific points is called for in Functional Test Procedures:
1. All points that are monitored by the relevant control system shall be trended by Contractor; at the Commissioning Authority’s request, Contractor shall trend up to 20 percent more points than specified at no extra charge.
2. Other points will be monitored by the Commissioning Authority using dataloggers.
3. At the option of the Commissioning Authority, some control system monitoring may be replaced with datalogger monitoring.
4. Provide hard copies of monitored data in columnar format with time down left column and at least 5 columns of point values on same page.
5. Graphical output is desirable and is required for all output if the system can produce it.
6. Monitoring may be used to augment manual testing.
3.07 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. See Section 017800 - Closeout Submittals for additional requirements.
B. Add design intent documentation furnished by Architect to manuals prior to submission to Owner.
C. Submit manuals related to items that were commissioned to Commissioning Authority for review; make changes recommended by Commissioning Authority.
D. Commissioning Authority will add commissioning records to manuals after submission to Owner.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 24 of 172
SECTION 024100
DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Building demolition excluding removal of hazardous materials and toxic substances.
B. Selective demolition of built site elements.
C. Selective demolition of building elements for alteration purposes.
D. Abandonment and removal of existing utilities and utility structures.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 003100 - Available Project Information: Existing building survey conducted by Owner; information about known hazardous materials.
B. Section 011000 - Summary: Limitations on Contractor's use of site and premises.
C. Section 011000 - Summary: Sequencing and staging requirements.
D. Section 011000 - Summary: Description of items to be removed by Owner.
E. Section 011000 - Summary: Description of items to be salvaged or removed for re-use by Contractor.
F. See Demolition Notes, A-J and 1-14 on Sheet D-1 of approved plans.
G. Section 015000 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Site fences, security, protective barriers, and waste removal.
H. Section 016000 - Product Requirements: Handling and storage of items removed for salvage and relocation.
I. Section 017000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Project conditions; protection of bench marks, survey control points, and existing construction to remain; reinstallation of removed products; temporary bracing and shoring.
J. Section 017419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal: Limitations on disposal of removed materials; requirements for recycling.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. 29 CFR 1926 - Safety and Health Regulations for Construction Current Edition.
B. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition Operations 2022.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Site Plan: Showing:
1. Areas for temporary construction and field offices.
C. Demolition Plan: Submit demolition plan as specified by OSHA and local authorities.
1. Indicate extent of demolition, removal sequence, bracing and shoring, and location and construction of barricades and fences.
2. Identify demolition firm and submit qualifications.
3. Include a summary of safety procedures.
D. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped and active utilities and subsurface construction.
PART 3 EXECUTION
2.01 SCOPE
A. Remove all other paving and curbs within site boundaries.
B. Break up paving within site boundaries to permit natural moisture drainage; leave pieces not larger than 1 square yard (1 square meter).
C. Remove fences and gates.
D. Remove other items indicated, for salvage, relocation, and recycling.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 25 of 172
E. Fill excavations, open pits, and holes in ground areas generated as result of removals, using specified fill; compact fill as specified in Section 312200.
2.02 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Comply with other requirements specified in Section 017000.
B. Comply with applicable codes and regulations for demolition operations and safety of adjacent structures and the public.
1. Obtain required permits.
2. Comply with applicable requirements of NFPA 241.
3. Take precautions to prevent catastrophic or uncontrolled collapse of structures to be removed; do not allow worker or public access within range of potential collapse of unstable structures.
4. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices.
5. Use physical barriers to prevent access to areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public.
6. Conduct operations to minimize effects on and interference with adjacent structures and occupants.
7. Do not close or obstruct roadways or sidewalks without permit.
8. Conduct operations to minimize obstruction of public and private entrances and exits; do not obstruct required exits at any time; protect persons using entrances and exits from removal operations.
9. Obtain written permission from owners of adjacent properties when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property.
C. Do not begin removal until receipt of notification to proceed from Owner.
D. Do not begin removal until built elements to be salvaged or relocated have been removed.
E. Do not begin removal until vegetation to be relocated has been removed and specified measures have been taken to protect vegetation to remain.
F. Protect existing structures and other elements that are not to be removed.
1. Provide bracing and shoring.
2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures.
3. Stop work immediately if adjacent structures appear to be in danger.
G. Minimize production of dust due to demolition operations; do not use water if that will result in ice, flooding, sedimentation of public waterways or storm sewers, or other pollution.
H. If hazardous materials are discovered during removal operations, stop work and notify Architect and Owner; hazardous materials include regulated asbestos containing materials, lead, PCB's, and mercury.
I. Hazardous Materials: Comply with 29 CFR 1926 and state and local regulations.
J. Perform demolition in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials.
1. Comply with requirements of Section 017419 - Waste Management.
2. Dismantle existing construction and separate materials.
3. Set aside reusable, recyclable, and salvageable materials; store and deliver to collection point or point of reuse.
K. Partial Removal of Paving and Curbs: Neatly saw cut at right angle to surface.
2.03 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Coordinate work with utility companies; notify before starting work and comply with their requirements; obtain required permits.
B. Protect existing utilities to remain from damage.
C. Do not disrupt public utilities without permit from authority having jurisdiction.
D. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing life safety systems that are in use without at least 7 days prior written notification to Owner.
E. Do not close, shut off, or disrupt existing utility branches or take-offs that are in use without at least 3 days prior written notification to Owner.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 26 of 172
F. Locate and mark utilities to remain; mark using highly visible tags or flags, with identification of utility type; protect from damage due to subsequent construction, using substantial barricades if necessary.
G. Remove exposed piping, valves, meters, equipment, supports, and foundations of disconnected and abandoned utilities.
H. Prepare building demolition areas by disconnecting and capping utilities outside the demolition zone; identify and mark utilities to be subsequently reconnected, in same manner as other utilities to remain.
2.04 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS
A. Drawings showing existing construction and utilities are based on casual field observation and existing record documents only.
1. Verify that construction and utility arrangements are as indicated.
2. Report discrepancies to Architect before disturbing existing installation.
3. Beginning of demolition work constitutes acceptance of existing conditions that would be apparent upon examination prior to starting demolition.
B. Separate areas in which demolition is being conducted from other areas that are still occupied.
1. Provide, erect, and maintain temporary dustproof partitions of construction specified in Section 015000 in locations indicated on drawings.
2. Provide sound retardant partitions of construction indicated on drawings in locations indicated on drawings.
C. Maintain weatherproof exterior building enclosure except for interruptions required for replacement or modifications; take care to prevent water and humidity damage.
D. Remove existing work as indicated and as required to accomplish new work.
1. Remove rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete; replace with new construction specified.
2. Remove items indicated on drawings.
E. Services (Including but not limited to HVAC, Plumbing, Fire Protection, Electrical, and Telecommunications. Remove existing systems and equipment as indicated.
1. Maintain existing active systems that are to remain in operation; maintain access to equipment and operational components.
2. Where existing active systems serve occupied facilities but are to be replaced with new services, maintain existing systems in service until new systems are complete and ready for service.
3. Verify that abandoned services serve only abandoned facilities before removal.
4. Remove abandoned pipe, ducts, conduits, and equipment, including those above accessible ceilings; remove back to source of supply where possible, otherwise cap stub and tag with identification.
F. Protect existing work to remain.
1. Prevent movement of structure; provide shoring and bracing if necessary.
2. Perform cutting to accomplish removals neatly and as specified for cutting new work.
3. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during removal work.
4. Patch as specified for patching new work.
2.05 DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL
A. Remove debris, junk, and trash from site.
B. Remove from site all materials not to be reused on site; comply with requirements of Section 017419 - Waste Management.
C. Leave site in clean condition, ready for subsequent work.
D. Clean up spillage and wind-blown debris from public and private lands.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 27 of 172
SECTION 02 41 16
STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Remove and dispose of existing doors and frames.
2. Demolishing designated wall sections.
3. Demolishing designated slabs-on-grade both PCC and Asphalt.
4. Remove and dispose of existing flooring for trench work.
5. Saw cut, demo PCC slab, dispose of PCC for interior plumbing trenches.
6. Protecting items and surrounding areas designated to remain.
7. Removing demolished materials from site for both exterior and interior work.
8. Demo Chain Link Fence.
9. Disposal of unusable chain link fence slats.
10. Remove and dispose of shower seat.
11. Demo Chain Link Sliding Gate.
12. Demo and Replace Existing Landscape for exterior hardscape.
13. Remove and dispose of PCC ramps located at four (4) exterior doors on north, east and south sides of building.
14. B. Drawings: D-1, D-1.1, A-2a and A-3.1.
C. Related Sections:
15. 1. Section 02 41 19 – Selective Structure Demolishing: Demolishing designated components.
1.2 UNIT PRICE - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Demolished Materials:
1. Basis of Measurement: By square foot, lineal foot, cubic foot and lump sum per Bid Schedule.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes demolition, loading, removal from Project site to legal disposal site.
B. To Remove Relics, Antiques, and Similar Objects Remaining Property of Owner:
1. Basis of Measurement: By the unit.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes removal, packing, crating, loading, and transporting to designated location.
C. To Remove and Store Materials and Equipment for Reuse:
1. Basis of Measurement: By the unit.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes removal, loading, and transporting to designated location and storing until reused.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities, subsurface obstructions.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 28 of 172
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit description of system, inspection data, and parts lists.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to applicable codes for demolition of structures, safety of adjacent structures, dust control, runoff control and disposal.
B. Conform to applicable codes for procedures when hazardous or contaminated materials are discovered.
C. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Perform Work in accordance with State, Municipal, Highways and Public Work's standards.
E. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Design shoring, bracing, underpinning and under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of California.
1.6 SEQUENCING
A. Sequence activities to demolish existing structures with approval of client and project engineer.
1.7 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule Work to coincide with new construction.
B. Describe demolition removal procedures and schedule.
C. Perform Work between hours of 7AM and 5PM.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Buildings indicated to be demolished will be vacated before start of Work.
B. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be demolished.
C. Notify Architect/Engineer upon discovery of hazardous materials.
D. Maintain existing sidewalks to greatest extent possible.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 FILL MATERIALS
A. Fill Material: Type, as shown on plans.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 29 of 172
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING BUILDING DOCUMENTATION
A. Document condition of adjacent structures indicated to remain.
B. Make arrangements with building owners and occupants to survey interior and exterior of existing buildings.
3.2 EXAMINATION
A. Examine existing buildings indicated to be demolished before demolition.
B. Determine where removals may result in structural deficiency or unplanned building collapse during demolition. Coordinate demolition sequence and procedures to prevent structures from becoming unstable.
C. Determine where demolition may affect structural integrity or weather resistance of adjacent buildings indicated to remain.
1. Identify measures required to protect buildings from damage.
2. Identify remedial work including patching, repairing, bracing, and other work required to leave buildings indicated to remain in structurally sound and weathertight and watertight condition.
D. Verify hazardous material abatement is complete before beginning demolition.
3.3 PREPARATION
A. Call Dig Alert and UtiliQuest or other approved underground information service at not less than three working days before performing Work.
1. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas.
B. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with utility's requirements.
C. Do not close or obstruct roadways, sidewalks, or hydrants without permits.
D. Erect, and maintain temporary barriers and security devices, including warning signs and lights, and similar measures, for protection of the public and existing improvements indicated to remain.
E. Protect existing landscaping materials, trees, appurtenances, structures and items indicated to remain.
F. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures. Provide bracing and shoring.
3.4 DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS
A. Use of explosives is not permitted.
B. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent structures and occupancies.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 30 of 172
C. Cease operations immediately when adjacent structures appear to be in danger. Notify authority having jurisdiction and Architect/Engineer. Do not resume operations until directed.
D. Conduct operations with minimum interference to public or private accesses to occupied adjacent structures. Maintain protected egress and access from adjacent structures at all times.
E. Obtain written permission from adjacent property owners when demolition equipment will traverse, infringe upon or limit access to their property.
F. Sprinkle Work with water to minimize dust. Provide hoses and water connections required for this purpose.
3.5 DEMOLITION
A. Remove materials to be re-installed or retained in manner to prevent damage. Store and protect in accordance with requirements of Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.
B. Backfill areas excavated open pits and holes resulting from demolition, in accordance with Section 31 23 23.
C. Rough grade and compact areas affected by demolition to maintain site grades and contours to accommodate subsequent construction operations.
D. Continuously clean-up and remove demolished materials from site. Do not allow materials to accumulate in building or on site.
E. Do not burn or bury materials on site. Leave site in clean condition.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 31 of 172
SECTION 02 41 19
SELECTIVE STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolishing designated building equipment and fixtures.
2. Demolishing designated construction.
3. Cutting and alterations for completion of the Work.
4. Removing designated items for and Owner’s retention.
5. Protecting items designated to remain.
6. Removing demolished materials.
B. Drawings: D-1 and D-1.2, A-2a and A-3.1.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 02 41 16 - Structure Demolition.
2. Indicate location and construction of temporary work.
1.2 UNIT PRICE – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. See Section 02 41 16.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Requirements for submittals.
B. Project Record Documents: Accurately record actual locations of capped utilities, concealed utilities discovered during demolition and subsurface obstructions.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit description of system, inspection data, and parts lists.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Obtain required permits from authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 SCHEDULING
A. Perform noisy, malodorous and dusty work:
1. Between hours of 7AM and 5PM.
B. Coordinate utility and building service interruptions with Owner.
1. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without three (3) days prior written notice to Owner.
2. Schedule tie-ins to existing systems to minimize disruption.
3. Coordinate Work to ensure fire sprinklers, fire alarms, smoke detectors, emergency lighting, exit signs and other life safety systems remain in full operation in occupied areas.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 32 of 172
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas.
B. Cease operations immediately if structure appears to be in danger and notify Architect/Engineer and City Representative. Do not resume operations until directed.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not Used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Notify affected utility companies before starting work and comply with their requirements.
B. Mark location and termination of utilities.
C. Erect and maintain temporary partitions to prevent spread of dust, odors, and noise to permit continued Owner occupancy.
D. Prevent movement of structure; provide temporary bracing and shoring required to ensure safety of existing structure.
E. Provide appropriate temporary signage including signage for exit or building egress.
F. Do not close or obstruct building egress path.
G. Do not disable or disrupt building fire or life safety systems without [3] days prior written notice to Owner.
3.2 SALVAGE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate with Owner to identify building components and equipment required to be removed and delivered to Owner.
B. Tag components and equipment Owner designates for salvage.
C. Protect designated salvage items from demolition operations until items can be removed.
D. Carefully remove building components and equipment indicated to be salvaged.
E. Disassemble as required to permit removal from building.
F. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss.
G. Mark equipment and packaged parts to permit identification and consolidation of components of each salvaged item.
H. Prepare assembly instructions consistent with disassembled parts. Package assembly instructions in protective envelope and securely attach to each disassembled salvaged item.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 33 of 172
I. Deliver salvaged items to Owner. Obtain signed receipt from Owner.
3.3 DEMOLITION
A. Conduct demolition to minimize interference with adjacent building areas.
B. Maintain protected egress from and access to adjacent existing buildings at all times.
C. Disconnect and remove utilities within demolition areas.
D. Cap and identify abandoned utilities at termination points when utility is not completely removed. Annotate Record Drawings indicating location and type of service for capped utilities remaining after demolition.
E. Demolish in orderly and careful manner. Protect existing improvements.
F. Carefully remove building components indicated to be reused.
1. Disassemble components as required to permit removal.
2. Package small and loose parts to avoid loss.
3. Mark components and packaged parts to permit reinstallation.
4. Store components, protected from construction operations, until reinstalled.
G. Remove demolished materials from site except where specifically noted otherwise. Do not burn or bury materials on site.
H. Remove materials as Work progresses. Upon completion of Work, leave areas in clean condition.
I. Remove temporary Work.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 34 of 172
SECTION 031000
CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 FORMWORK - GENERAL
A. Provide concrete forms, accessories, shoring, and bracing as required to accomplish castin-place concrete work.
B. Design and construct concrete that complies with design with respect to shape, lines, and dimensions.
C. Comply with applicable state and local codes with respect to design, fabrication, erection, and removal of formwork.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 35 of 172
SECTION 033000
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete formwork.
B. Concrete foundations and anchor bolts for pre-engineered building.
C. Concrete reinforcement.
D. Miscellaneous concrete elements, including equipment pads, equipment pits, light pole bases, flagpole bases, thrust blocks, and manholes.
E. Concrete curing.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ACI 211.1 - Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete 1991 (Reapproved 2009).
B. ACI 301 - Specifications for Structural Concrete 2016.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 36 of 172
SECTION 03 35 00
CONCRETE FINISHING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Finishing concrete floors and floor toppings.
2. Floor surface treatment.
1.2 UNIT PRICE – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. CONCRETE FINISHING
1. Basis of Measurement: By square foot, lineal foot and lump sum per Bid Schedule.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes all material, tools, equipment and labor, etc.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data on, concrete hardener, sealer, curing compounds and slip resistant treatment, compatibilities, and limitations.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on maintenance renewal of applied coatings.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum [10] years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 5 years documented experience.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 37 of 172
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Requirements: Environmental conditions affecting products on site.
B. Temporary Lighting: Minimum 200 W light source, placed 8 feet above floor surface, for each 425 sq. ft. of floor being finished.
C. Temporary Heat: Ambient temperature of 50 degrees F minimum.
D. Ventilation: Sufficient to prevent injurious gases from temporary heat or other sources affecting concrete.
1.9 COORDINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Coordinate the Work with concrete floor placement and concrete floor curing.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Dayton Superior Corp.
2. Master Builders Inc.
3. Sika Corp.
4. Other Approved.
5. Substitutions. Permitted with Approved Equal.
2.2 SLIP RESISTANT TREATMENT
A. Slip Resistant Finish: Silica sand, color as selected from manufacturer's standard range.
1. Manufacturers:
a. Substitutions: Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements:
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify floor surfaces are acceptable to receive the Work of this section.
3.2 FLOOR FINISHING
A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.1.
B. Wood float surfaces receiving quarry tile, ceramic tile, cementitious terrazzo, with full bed setting system.
C. Steel trowel surfaces receiving carpeting, resilient flooring, seamless flooring, thin set terrazzo, thin set quarry tile, thin set ceramic tile.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 38 of 172
D. Steel trowel surfaces which are indicated to be exposed.
E. In areas with floor drains, maintain design floor elevation at walls; slope surfaces uniformly to drains at minimum 1/8 to 1/4 inch per foot.
3.3 FLOOR SURFACE TREATMENT
A. Apply slip resistant finish on floor surfaces.
B. Apply sealer as scheduled on floor surfaces.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 39 of 172
SECTION 03 60 00
GROUTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Portland cement grout.
2. Rapid curing epoxy grout.
3. Non-shrink cementitious grout.
1.2 UNIT PRICE – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Grout – Tile Installation and Repair Item
1.3 1. Basis of Measurement: By lineal foot and lump sum per Bid Schedule.
2. Basis of Payment: Includes all material, tools, equipment and labor, etc.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Procedures: Requirements for submittals.
B. Product Data: Submit product data on grout.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturer’s instructions for mixing, handling, surface preparation and placing epoxy type and non-shrink type grouts.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.
B. Deliver grout in manufacturer's unopened containers with proper labels intact.
C. Store grout in a dry shelter, protect from moisture.
1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Environmental conditions affecting products on site.
B. Do not perform grouting if temperatures exceed 70 degrees F.
C. Maintain minimum temperature of 70 degrees F before, during, and after grouting, until grout has set.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 40 of 172
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I and II.
B. Water:
1. Potable; containing no impurities, suspended particles, algae or dissolved natural salts in quantities capable of causing:
a. Corrosion of steel.
b. Volume change increasing shrinkage cracking.
c. Efflorescence.
d. Excess air entraining.
C. Fine Aggregate:
1. Washed natural sand.
2. Gradation in accordance with ASTM C33 and represented by smooth granulometric curve within required limits.
3. Free from injurious amounts of organic impurities as determined by ASTM C40.
D. Mix:
1. Portland cement, sand and water. Do not use ferrous aggregate or staining ingredients in grout mixes.
2.2 RAPID CURING EPOXY GROUT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Sika Model or other approved equal.
2. Substitutions: Product Requirements: Permitted.
B. Rapid Curing Epoxy Grout: High strength, three component epoxy grout formulated with thermosetting resins and inert fillers. Rapid-curing, high adhesion, and resistant to ordinary chemicals, acids and alkalies.
2.3 NON-SHRINK CEMENTITIOUS GROUT
A. Manufacturers:
1. Sika Model.
2. Substitutions: [Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Permitted.
B. Non-shrink Cementitious Grout: Pre-mixed ready for use formulation requiring only addition of water; non-shrink, non-corrosive, non-metallic, non-gas forming, no chlorides.
2.4 FORMWORK
A. Refer to Section 03 10 00 for formwork requirements.
2.5 CURING
A. Prevent rapid loss of water from grout during first 48 hours by use of approved membrane curing compound or with use of wet burlap method.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 41 of 172
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify areas to receive grout.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove defective concrete, laitance, dirt, oil, grease and other foreign material from concrete surfaces by brushing, hammering, chipping or other similar means until sound, clean concrete surface is achieved.
B. Rough concrete lightly, but not enough to interfere with placement of grout.
C. Remove foreign materials from metal surfaces in contact with grout.
D. Align, level and maintain final positioning of components to be grouted.
E. Saturate concrete surfaces with clean water; remove excess water, leave none standing.
3.3 INSTALLATION - FORMWORK
A. Construct leakproof forms anchored and shored to withstand grout pressures.
B. Install formwork with clearances to permit proper placement of grout.
3.4 MIXING
A. Portland Cement Grout:
1. Use proportions of 2 parts sand and 1 part cement, measured by volume.
2. Prepare grout with water to obtain consistency to permit placing and packing.
3. Mix water and grout in two steps; pre-mix using approximately 2/3 of water;after partial mixing, add remaining water to bring mix to desired placement consistency and continue mixing 2 to 3 minutes.
4. Mix only quantities of grout capable of being placed within 30 minutes after mixing.
5. Do not add additional water after grout has been mixed.
6. Capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2400 psi in 48 hours B. Mix and prepare rapid curing epoxy grout in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Capable of developing minimum compressive strength of 2400 psi in 48 hours and 7000 psi in 28 days.
C. Mix grout components in proximity to work area and transport mixture quickly and in manner not permitting segregation of materials.
3.5 PLACING GROUT
A. Place grout material quickly and continuously.
B. Do not use pneumatic-pressure or dry-packing methods.
C. Apply grout from one side only to avoid entrapping air.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 42 of 172
D. Do not vibrate placed grout mixture, or permit placement when area is being vibrated by nearby equipment.
E. Thoroughly compact final installation and eliminate air pockets.
F. Do not remove leveling shims for at least 48 hours after grout has been placed.
3.6 CURING
A. Immediately after placement, protect grout from premature drying, excessively hot or cold temperatures, and mechanical injury.
B. After grout has attained its initial set, keep damp for minimum of 3 days.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 43 of 172
SECTION 054000
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Formed steel stud exterior wall and interior wall framing.
B. Exterior wall sheathing.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 072100 - Thermal Insulation: Insulation within framing members.
B. Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Lightweight, non-load bearing metal stud framing.
C. Section 092116 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum-based sheathing.
D. Section 092216 - Non-Structural Metal Framing.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AISI S100 - North American Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members 2016, with Supplement (2018).
B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware 2016a.
C. ASTM C955 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Steel Structural Framing Members 2018, with Editorial Revision.
D. ASTM C1007 - Standard Specification for Installation of Load Bearing (Transverse and Axial) Steel Studs and Related Accessories 2020.
E. ASTM C1396/C1396M - Standard Specification for Gypsum Board 2017.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Coordinate with work of other sections that is to be installed in or adjacent to the metal framing system, including but not limited to structural anchors, cladding anchors, utilities, insulation, and firestopping.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate component details, framed openings, bearing, anchorage, loading, welds, and type and location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of related work.
1. Indicate stud and ceiling joist layout.
2. Describe method for securing studs to tracks and for bolted framing connections.
3. Design data:
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate special procedures, conditions requiring special attention .
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Designer Qualifications: Design framing system under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State in which the Project is located.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the types of products specified in this section, and with minimum three years of documented experience.
C. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years documented experience.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Metal Framing:
1. CEMCO; OR EQUAL APPROVED: www.cemcosteel.com/#sle.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 44 of 172
2.02 FRAMING SYSTEM
A. Provide primary and secondary framing members, bridging, bracing, plates, gussets, clips, fittings, reinforcement, and fastenings as required to provide a complete framing system.
B. Design Requirements: Provide completed framing system having the following characteristics:
1. Design: Calculate structural characteristics of cold-formed steel framing members according to AISI S100.
2. Structural Performance: Design, engineer, fabricate, and erect to withstand specified design loads for project conditions within required limits.
3. Design Loads: In accordance with applicable codes.
4. Live load deflection meeting the following, unless otherwise indicated:
5. Able to tolerate movement of components without damage, failure of joint seals, undue stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night temperature ranges.
6. Able to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural members, and clearances of intended openings.
2.03 FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Studs and Track: ASTM C955; studs formed to channel, C- or Sigma-shaped with punched web; U-shaped track in matching nominal width and compatible height.
1. Gauge: [___] gauge, [___] inch ([___] mm).
2. Stud Depth: 4 inch ([____] mm).
2.04 FASTENERS
A. Self-Drilling, Self-Tapping Screws, Bolts, Nuts and Washers: Hot dip galvanized per ASTM A153/A153M.
B. Anchorage Devices: Powder actuated.
2.05 WALL SHEATHING
A. Gypsum Board Wall Sheathing: See Section 092116.
B. Gypsum board; complying with requirements of ASTM C1396/C1396M for gypsum sheathing, V-shaped long edges, 5/8 inch (15.9 mm) thick, Type X - Fire Resistant PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to receive work.
B. Verify field measurements and adjust installation as required.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF STUDS
A. Install components in accordance with manufacturers' instructions and ASTM C1007 requirements.
B. Align floor and ceiling tracks; locate to wall layout. Secure in place with fasteners at maximum 24 inches (600 mm) on center. Coordinate installation of sealant with floor and ceiling tracks.
C. Place studs at 16 inches (400 mm) on center; not more than 2 inches (50 mm) from abutting walls and at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks using clip and tie method.
D. Construct corners using minimum of three studs. Install double studs at wall openings, door and window jambs.
E. Coordinate placement of insulation in multiple stud spaces made inaccessible after erection.
F. Install intermediate studs above and below openings to align with wall stud spacing.
G. Attach cross studs to studs for attachment of fixtures anchored to walls.
H. Install framing between studs for attachment of mechanical and electrical items, and to prevent stud rotation.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 45 of 172
3.03 INSTALLATION OF WALL SHEATHING
A. Install wall sheathing with long dimension perpendicular to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using self-tapping screws.
1. Provide steel diagonal bracing at corners with foam insulation or gypsum board wall sheathing.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 46 of 172
SECTION 060573
WOOD TREATMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Site applied termiticide for wood materials.
B. Site applied termiticide for other building materials.
C. Site applied mildewcide for wood materials.
D. Site applied preservative treatment for wood materials.
E. Site applied fire-retardant treatment for wood materials.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SITE-APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 47 of 172
SECTION 06 10 53
MISCELLANEOUS ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
1.2 A. Section includes: perimeter nailers; blocking in walls; wood furring and grounds; concealed wood blocking for support of toilet and bath accessories, wall cabinets and wood trim and; telephone and electrical panel back boards; concealed wood blocking for support of toilet and bath accessories; and preservative treatment of wood.
B. Related Section: Door openings to receive wood blocking.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A208.1 - Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard.
B. American Wood-Preservers’ Association:
1. AWPA C1 - All Timber Products - Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process.
2. AWPA C20 - Structural Lumber - Fire-Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes.
C. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
D. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
E. National Institute of Standards and Technology:
1. NIST PS 20 - American Softwood Lumber Standard.
F. The Redwood Inspection Service:
1. RIS - Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber.
G. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau:
1. SPIB - Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber.
H. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
I. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau:
1. WCLIB - Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber.
J. Western Wood Products Association:
1. WWPA G-5 - Western Lumber Grading Rules.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 48 of 172
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit technical data on wood preservative and fire retardant treatment materials and application instructions.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with the following:
1. Lumber Grading Agency: Certified by NIST PS 20.
2. Plywood Grading Agency: Certified by APA/EWA.
B. Apply label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each fireretardant treated material.
C. Perform Work in accordance with Municipality standard.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Lumber Grading Rules:
2.2 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors:
1. Fasteners: Hot dipped galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood locations, unfinished steel elsewhere.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify substrate conditions are ready to receive blocking, curbing and framing.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Coordinate placement of blocking, curbing and framing items.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Set members level and plumb, in correct position.
B. Place horizontal members, crown side up.
C. Construct curb members of solid wood sections for all roof mounted equipment.
D. Curb roof openings [except where prefabricated curbs are provided]. Form corners by alternating lapping side members.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 49 of 172
E. Coordinate curb installation with installation of decking and support of deck openings, roofing vapor retardant.
F. Space framing and furring 16 and 24 inches oc, to match existing framing.
G. Secure sheathing to framing members with ends over firm bearing and staggered.
H. Install telephone and electrical panel back boards with plywood sheathing material where required. Size back boards 12 inches beyond size of electrical and telephone panel.
3.4 SITE APPLIED WOOD TREATMENT
A. Apply preservative treatment.
B. Brush apply one two coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials, roofing and related metal flashings. Treat site-sawn cuts.
C. Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 50 of 172
SECTION 06 15 00
WOOD DECKING
INFORMATION ONLY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes, softwood lumber, plywood, glue laminated, structural wood decking and preservative treatment of wood.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Field finishing.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American Institute of Timber Construction:
1. AITC 108 - Standard For Heavy Timber Construction.
2. AITC 109 - Standard for Preservative Treatment of Structural Glued Laminated Timber.
3. AITC 110 - Standard Appearance Grades for Structural Glued Laminated Timber.
4. AITC 111 - Recommended Practice for Protection of Structural Glued Laminated Timber During Transit, Storage and Erection.
5. AITC 112 - Standard for Tongue and Groove Heavy Timber Decking.
6. AITC 113 - Standard for Dimensions of Structural Glued Laminated Timber.
B. American Lumber Standards Committee:
1. ALSC - Softwood Lumber Standards.
C. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A190.1 - Structural Glue Laminated Timber.
D. APA/Engineered Wood Association:
1. APA - Rated Sheathing.
E. American Wood Preservers Association:
1. AWPA C1 - All Timber Products Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process.
2. AWPA C20 - Structural Lumber Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Process.
F. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D2559 - Adhesives for Structural Laminated Wood Products for Use Under Exterior (Wet Use) Exposure Conditions.
2. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
G. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
H. National Forest Products Association:
1. NFPA - Lumber Grading Rules.
I. Redwood Inspection Service:
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 51 of 172
1. RIS - Lumber Grading Rules.
J. Southern Pine Inspection Bureau:
1. SPIB - Lumber Grading Rules.
K. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
L. West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau:
1. WCLIB - Lumber Grading Rules.
M. Western Wood Products Association:
1. WWPA - Lumber Grading Rules.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate deck framing system, loads and cambers, bearing details, framed openings.
C. Product Data: Submit technical data on wood preservative materials.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ANSI A190.1.
B. Apply label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each fireretardant treated material.
C. In lieu of grade stamping exposed to view lumber and plywood, submit manufacturer's certificate certifying products meet or exceed specified requirements.
D. Perform Work in accordance with Municipality Public Work's standards.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum 3 years’ experience.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Protect glue laminated members in accordance with AITC 111 requirements for unwrapped material.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 52 of 172
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Georgia Pacific Corp.
2. Weyerhaeuser Engineered Strand Products.
3. Substitutions: Permitted with Approved Equal.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Plywood: APA/EWA Rated Sheathing, Structural I.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Fasteners and Anchors:
1. Fasteners: Hot dipped galvanized steel.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify support framing is ready to receive decking.
3.2 INSTALLATION - PLYWOOD DECKING
A. Install decking perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered over firm bearing.
B. Allow expansion space at edges and ends.
C. Attach decking with galvanized steel nails.
D. Cut decking to accommodate roof drain and flange.
E. Secure with fasteners, minimum 6” oc on edges and 12”oc in field.
F. Maintain decking joint space of 1/16 inch maximum.
G. Cut decking to accommodate roof drain and flange.
3.3 TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances.
B. Surface Flatness of Decking Without Load: 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum, and ½ inch in 30 feet maximum.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 53 of 172
SECTION 06 41 00
ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes custom-fabricated cabinet units; counter tops; cabinet hardware; preparation for installing utilities in cabinets; and shop, site finishing.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 06 10 53 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Grounds and support framing.
2. Section 06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry: Related trim not specified in this section.
3. Section 08 80 00 - Glazing: Glass for casework.
4. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Site finishing of cabinet exterior, and interior.
1.2 UNIT PRICE – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Basis of Measurement for custom-fabricated cabinet units; counter tops; cabinet hardware; preparation for installing utilities in cabinets; and shop, site finishing shall be by lineal foot, square foot and lump sum per Bid Schedule..
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A156.9 - Cabinet Hardware.
2. ANSI A208.1 - Mat-Formed Wood Particleboard.
B. Architectural Woodwork Institute:
1. AWI - Quality Standards Illustrated.
C. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
D. Federal Specification Unit:
1. FS A-A-1936 - Adhesive, Contact, Neoprene Rubber.
E. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:
1. NEMA LD 3 - High Pressure Decorative Laminates.
F. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth.
G. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 54 of 172
H. Woodwork Institute:
1. WI - Manual of Millwork.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate materials, component profiles and elevations, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods, accessory listings, hardware location and schedule of finishes.
C. Product Data: Submit data for hardware accessories.
D. Samples:
1. Submit for approval.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with AWI (Architectural Woodwork Institute) Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated, Premium Grade. WI (Woodwork Institute) Manual of Millwork, Premium Grade.
B. Perform Work in accordance with Municipal Public Work's standard.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years’ experience.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Product Requirements: Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Protect units from moisture damage.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Product Requirements.
B. During and after installation of Work of this section, maintain same temperature and humidity conditions in building spaces as will occur after occupancy.
1.9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CUSTOM CABINETS
A. Fabricators:
1. Custom Cabinets & Millwork, Inc.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 55 of 172
2. Or Equal.
3. Substitutions: Permitted with Approved Equal.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Lumber: AWI Premium Grade; maximum moisture content of 6-8 percent.
B. Wood Particleboard: ANSI A208.1; composed of wood chips or sawdust, medium density, made with water resistant adhesive; sanded faces.
C. Sheet Metal Components: Stainless steel, Type 304 with #4 satin #8 polished finish;
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Veneer Edge Band: Standard wood veneer edge band matching face veneer.
B. Fasteners: Size and type to suit application.
C. Bolts, Nuts, Washers, Lags, Pins, and Screws: Of size and type to suit application; finish in concealed locations and finish in exposed locations.
D. Concealed Joint Fasteners: Threaded steel.
E. Grommets: Plastic material for cut-outs.
F. Hardware: BHMA A156.9.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings.
B. Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with matching veneer edging. Use one piece for full length only.
C. When necessary to cut and fit on site, fabricate materials with ample allowance for cutting. Furnish trim for scribing and site cutting.
D. Fabricate metal counter top surfaces pressure glued to plywood core backing without visible joints.
E. Mechanically fasten back splash to counter tops with steel brackets at 16 inches on center.
F. Fabricate cabinets and counter tops with cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, appliances, outlet boxes, fixtures and fittings. Verify locations of cutouts from on-site dimensions. Prime paint cut edges.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 56 of 172
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing.
C. Verify location and sizes of utility rough-in associated with work of this section.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Set and secure casework in place; rigid, plumb, and level.
B. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components.
C. Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units and counter tops.
D. Secure cabinet and counter bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchorages.
E. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding surfaces.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Testing, adjusting and balancing.
B. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Clean casework, counters, shelves, hardware, fittings, and fixtures.
3.5 SCHEDULES
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 57 of 172
SECTION 06 61 16
SOLID SURFACING FABRICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cast plastic fabrications as scheduled at end of section.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Framing of tub, shower enclosures and walls/ openings.
2. Section 06 10 53 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking and supports.
3. Section 06 41 00 - Architectural Wood Casework: Cabinets with cast plastic countertop, integral sink, and backsplash.
4. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Perimeter sealant to adjacent construction.
5. Section 12 35 30 - Residential Casework: Cabinets with cast plastic countertop, integral sink, and backsplash.
6. Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures: Plumbing drains and fixture trim.
1.2 UNIT PRICE – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.3 See Section 06 41 00.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. National Electrical Manufacturers Association:
1. NEMA MG 1 - Motors and Generators.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design Load: 50 lb/sq ft with deflection limited to 1/360.
B. Design items with sufficient strength for handling and placement stresses.
1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Products Requiring Electrical Connection: Listed and classified by Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or testing firm acceptable to authority having jurisdiction as suitable for purpose specified and indicated.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 58 of 172
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, thicknesses, required clearances, tolerances, materials, colors, finishes, fabrication details, field jointing, adjacent construction, methods of support, integration of plumbing and electrical components, and anchorages.
C. Product Data: Submit data on specified component products, electrical characteristics and connection requirements.
D. Samples: Submit two samples representative of vanity top, bath tub, counter top, shower stall, in size illustrating color, texture, and finish.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit preparation of opening required, rough-in sizes; furnish templates for cast-in or placed frames or anchors; tolerances for item placement, temporary bracing of components, etc.
1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit list of approved cleaning materials and procedures required; list of substances harmful to component materials. Include instructions for stain removal, surface and gloss restoration, etc.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with Municipality Public Work's standards.
B. Site.
1.10 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.11 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
B. Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings.
1.12 SEQUENCING
A. Section 01 10 00 - Summary: Work sequence.
B. Sequence Work to permit installation of adjacent affected construction, plumbing and electrical rough-in.
C. Coordinate installation of bathtubs and shower stalls with partition erection and plumbing work.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 59 of 172
1.13 WARRANTY
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.
B. Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for each type of unit.
1.14 MAINTENANCE
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.
B. Furnish two containers of 16 oz polishing cream.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PLASTIC FABRICATIONS
1. Substitutions: [Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements Permitted].
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Resin: Proprietary type, with integral coloring, stain resistant to domestic chemicals and cleaners.
B. Polishing Cream: Compatible polishing cream to achieve specified sheen to gel coat.
C. Core Framing: Softwood lumber, clear and free of knots.
D. Adhesive: type, cartridge dispensed.
2.3 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS
A. Motors: NEMA MG1.
B. Disconnect Switch: Factory mount disconnect switch in control panel and equipment.
C. Piping: ABS or PVC.
D. Wiring Terminations: Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated on Drawings.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate components by mold to achieve shape and configuration.
B. Gel coat exposed finish surfaces smooth and polish to gloss sheen.
C. Radius corners and edges.
D. Cure components prior to shipment, [except sheet materials requiring site handling].
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 60 of 172
2.5 SHOP FINISHING
A. Color: as selected.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify existing conditions under provisions of Section 26 05 03.
C. Verify joint preparation and affected dimensions are acceptable.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Provide anchoring devices for installation and embedding.
B. Provide templates and rough-in measurements.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Align work plumb and level.
B. Rigidly anchor to substrate to prevent misalignment.
C. Seal to adjacent construction in accordance with Section 07 90 00.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation From Indicated Dimension: 1/8 inch .
C. Maximum Offset From Indicated Position: 1/8 inch .
3.5 CLEANING
A. Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Clean and polish fabrication surfaces.
3.6 SCHEDULES
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 61 of 172
SECTION 06 82 00
GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes glass fiberglass-reinforced plastic (FRP), resin fabrications as scheduled at end of section.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Framing of openings.
2. Section 06 10 53 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Grounds and support framing.
3. Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection: Perimeter sealant to adjacent construction.
1.2 UNIT PRICE – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1.3 Shall be by square foot or lump per the Bid Schedule.
1.4 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. FM Global:
1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation.
C. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
D. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.5 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
1.6 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to UL, FM or Intertek Testing Services.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal procedures.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 62 of 172
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate dimensions, adjacent construction, materials, thicknesses, fabrication details, required clearances, field jointing, tolerances, colors, finishes, methods of support, integration of plumbing, electrical components, and anchorages.
C. Design Data: Submit design calculation.
D. Samples: Submit two samples, in size illustrating color, texture, and finish.
1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit instructions for stain removal, surface and gloss restoration.
C. Perform Work in accordance with Municipal Public Work's standards.
1.9 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years’ experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years’ experience or approved by manufacturer.
C. Fabricator: Company specializing in architectural glass fiber and resin components with 5 years documented experience.
1.10 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GLASS FIBER AND RESIN FABRICATIONS
1. Substitutions: Permitted with Approved Equal.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Fabric Reinforcement: Glass fiber woven fabric. Provide samples.
B. Resin: Polyester or Epoxy type, fire resistant, corrosion resistant, high workability characteristics, integral coloring additives.
C. Polishing Cream: Compatible gel coat polishing cream to restore gloss surface finish.
D. Core Framing: Softwood Lumber, clear and free of knots.
2.3 [SHOP] FABRICATION
A. Finish trim corners and edges.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 63 of 172
B. Coat exposed surfaces and surfaces in contact with moisture or earth, with gel coat of resin.
C. Cure components prior to shipment and remove materials [toxic to plant or animal life] [incompatible with adjacent building materials].
2.4 SHOP FINISHING
A. Color: as selected.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify substrate openings under provisions of Section 06 82 00.
C. Verify surfaces, substrates are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings.
3.2 INSTALLATION
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Quality Requirements: Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation from Indicated Position: 1/4 inch.
C. Maximum Offset from Alignment Adjacent Components: 1/8 inch.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Clean components of foreign material without damaging finished surface.
C. Hand rub smooth surfaces with polishing cream.
D. Clean fabrications.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 64 of 172
SECTION 070553
FIRE AND SMOKE ASSEMBLY IDENTIFICATION
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 FIRE AND SMOKE ASSEMBLY IDENTIFICATION
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with "Marking and Identification" requirements of "FireResistance Ratings and Fire Tests" chapter of ICC (IBC).
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 65 of 172
SECTION 072100
THERMAL INSULATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Batt insulation and vapor retarder in exterior wall, ceiling, and roof construction.
B. Batt insulation for filling perimeter window and door shim spaces and crevices in exterior wall and roof.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 APPLICATIONS
A. Insulation in Wood Framed Walls: Batt insulation with separate vapor retarder.
2.02 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate, adjacent materials, and insulation materials are dry and that substrates are ready to receive insulation.
B. Verify substrate surfaces are flat, free of honeycomb, fins, irregularities, or materials or substances that may impede adhesive bond.
3.02 BATT INSTALLATION
A. Install insulation and vapor retarder in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install in exterior wall and roof spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress insulation.
C. Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids.
D. Fit insulation tightly in cavities and tightly to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within the plane of the insulation.
E. At wood framing, place vapor retarder on warm side of insulation by stapling at 6 inches (152 mm) on center. Lap and seal sheet retarder joints over face of member.
F. Tape seal tears or cuts in vapor retarder.
G. Extend vapor retarder tightly to full perimeter of adjacent window and door frames and other items interrupting the plane of the membrane; tape seal in place.
3.03 PROTECTION
A. Do not permit installed insulation to be damaged prior to its concealment.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 66 of 172
SECTION 072100
THERMAL INSULATION - DUPONT
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Air Barrier: Tested in accordance with ASTM E2357 at pressure of 6.24 psf (300 Pa) or greater, with air infiltration less than 0.04 cfm/sq ft (0.2 L/sq m) of fixed wall area.
1. Conduct testing at positive and negative sustained wind loading of 12.5 psf (0.6 kPa) for one-hour duration in each direction.
2. Provide pressure cycling of wall at 2,000 cycles in both positive and negative directions, ending with wind gust loading at 25 psf (1.2 kPa).
B. Water Penetration: Tested in accordance with ASTM E331, with minimum pressure differential of 6.24 psf (300 Pa) for at least two hour test duration without any uncontrolled water penetration.
C. Mold Resistance: Provide system components that are non-food source for fungal growth.
1.02 ACCESSORIES
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 67 of 172
SECTION 074113
METAL ROOF PANELS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Metal Roof Panels: Provide complete roofing assemblies, including roof panels, clips, fasteners, connectors, and miscellaneous accessories, tested for compliance with the following minimum standards:
1. Structural Design Criteria: Provide panel assemblies designed to safely support design loads at support spacing indicated, with deflection not to exceed L/180 of span length(L) when tested in accordance with ASTM E1592.
2. Overall: Complete weathertight system tested and approved in accordance with ASTM E1592.
3. Thermal Movement: Design system to accommodate without deformation anticipated thermal movement over ambient temperature range of 100 degrees F (56 degrees C).
1.02 ATTACHMENT SYSTEM
1.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Items: Provide flashings, gutters, downspouts, trim, moldings, closure strips, preformed crickets, caps, and equipment curbs of the same material, thickness, and finish as used for the roofing panels. Items completely concealed after installation may optionally be made of stainless steel.
B. Rib and Ridge Closures: Provide prefabricated, close-fitting components of steel with corrosion resistant finish or combination steel and closed-cell foam.
C. Sealants:
1. Exposed Sealant: Elastomeric; silicone, polyurethane, or silyl-terminated polyether/polyurethane.
2. Concealed Sealant: Non-curing butyl sealant or tape sealant.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 68 of 172
SECTION 076200
SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fabricated sheet metal items, including flashings, counterflashings, gutters, downspouts, sheet metal roofing, exterior penetrations, [_______], and other items indicated in Schedule.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section [____]: Flashing sleeves and collars for mechanical items protruding through roofing membrane.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AAMA 2603 - Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels (with Coil Coating Appendix) 2017a.
B. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process 2020.
C. CDA A4050 - Copper in Architecture - Handbook current edition.
D. SMACNA (ASMM) - Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 2012.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. Preinstallation Meeting: Convene one week before starting work of this section.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with SMACNA (ASMM) and CDA A4050 requirements and standard details, except as otherwise indicated.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Stack material to prevent twisting, bending, and abrasion, and to provide ventilation. Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage.
B. Prevent contact with materials that could cause discoloration or staining.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET MATERIALS
A. Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 24 gauge,
0.0239 inch (0.61 mm) thick base metal.
B. Pre-Finished Galvanized Steel: ASTM A653/A653M, with G90/Z275 zinc coating; minimum 24 gauge, 0.0239 inch (0.61 mm) thick base metal, shop pre-coated with silicone modified polyester coating.
1. Silicone Modified Polyester Coating: Pigmented organic powder coating, AAMA 2603; baked enamel finish system.
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Form sections true to shape, accurate in size, square, and free from distortion or defects.
B. Form pieces in longest possible lengths.
C. Hem exposed edges on underside 1/2 inch (13 mm); miter and seam corners.
D. Form material with flat lock seams, except where otherwise indicated; at moving joints, use sealed lapped, bayonet-type or interlocking hooked seams.
E. Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch (450 mm) long legs; seam for rigidity, seal with sealant.
F. Fabricate flashings to allow toe to extend 2 inches (50 mm) over roofing gravel. Return and brake edges.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 69 of 172
2.03 EXTERIOR PENETRATION FLASHING PANELS
A. Flashing Panels for Exterior Wall Penetrations: Premanufactured components and accessories as required to preserve integrity of building envelope; suitable for conduits and facade materials to be installed.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify roof openings, curbs, pipes, sleeves, ducts, and vents through roof are solidly set, reglets in place, and nailing strips located.
B. Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place, sealed, and secure.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Secure flashings in place using concealed fasteners, and use exposed fasteners only where permitted..
B. Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings.
C. Fit flashings tight in place; make corners square, surfaces true and straight in planes, and lines accurate to profiles.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. See Section 014000 - Quality Requirements for field inspection requirements.
B. Inspection will involve surveillance of work during installation to ascertain compliance with specified requirements.
3.04 SCHEDULE
A. Roofing Penetration Flashings, for Pipes, Structural Steel, and Equipment Supports:
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 70 of 172
SECTION 078400
FIRESTOPPING
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 MATERIALS
A. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, Insulation, Packing, Stuffing, and Accessories: Provide type of materials as required for tested firestopping assembly.
1.02 FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 71 of 172
SECTION 078700
SMOKE CONTAINMENT BARRIERS - DOOR SYSTEMS, INC.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 COMPONENTS
A. Type PC - 1, Protective Curtain: Woven reinforced and coated fabric curtain in compliance with UL 10D and UL 263 fire tests, and with flame spread index of 25 or less and smoke developed index of 50 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E84.
1. Fabric and Coating Materials: Manufacturer's standard for application(s) as indicated.
2. Fire Rating: As indicated on drawings.
3. Label: Provide applicable UL (DIR) label affixed to assembly.
1.02 MATERIALS
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 72 of 172
SECTION 080671
DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Preliminary schedule of door hardware sets as indicated on drawings.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 087100 - Door Hardware: Requirements to comply with in coordination with this section.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. BHMA (CPD) - Certified Products Directory Current Edition.
B. BHMA A156.3 - Exit Devices 2020.
C. BHMA A156.5 - Cylinders and Input Devices for Locks 2020.
D. BHMA A156.13 - Mortise Locks & Latches Series 1000 2017.
E. BHMA A156.18 - Materials and Finishes 2020.
F. DHI (H&S) - Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule 1996.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Comply with submittal requirements as indicated in Section 087100.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 FINISHES
A. Finishes: Complying with BHMA A156.18.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 73 of 172
SECTION 08 11 13
HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
INFORMATION ONLY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Steel doors, panels and frames; non-rated and fire rated, interior borrowed light frames and door louvers.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with the following:
1. ANSI 250.8 - Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames.
2. DHI - Door Hardware Institute - The Installation of Commercial Steel Doors and Steel Frames, Insulated Steel Doors in Wood Frames and Builder's Hardware.
B. Fire Rated Door and Panel Construction: Conform to NFPA 252.
C. Fire Rated Door Construction: Conform to UBC Standard 7-2.
D. Attach label from agency approved by authority having jurisdiction to identify each fire rated door.
E. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
A. Manufacturers:
1. Republic Builders Products.
2. Steelcraft.
3. Other.
4. Substitutions: Permitted with Equal Approved.
B. Product Description: Standard shop fabricated steel doors and frames; fire rated and non-rated types; flush face or stile and rail design.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Exterior Doors: ANSI A250.8, SDI 108, 1-3/4 inch thick.
1. Level 1 - Standard Duty, Model 1, full flush design.
2. Level 3 - Extra heavy Duty, Model 3, stile and rail flush design.
B. Exterior Frames:
1. Level 1 for Door Models 1, nominal 18 gage/0.042-inch-thick material, base metal thickness.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 74 of 172
C. Door Core: Cardboard honeycomb steel channel grid.
D. End Closure: Channel, 0.04 inch thick, inverted.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Silencers: Resilient rubber set in fitted into drilled hole.
B. Removable Stops: Rolled steel channel shape.
C. Primer: ANSI A250.10 rust inhibitive type.
D. Weatherstripping: Resilient rubber set in aluminum retainer.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate doors and frames with hardware reinforcement welded in place B. Fabricate frames as knock down units for field assembly.
C. Attach fire rating label to each fire rated door and frame.
2.5 SHOP FINISHING
A. Primer: Air dried.
B. Coat inside of frame profile with bituminous coating.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install doors and frames in accordance with ANSI A250.8.
B. Coordinate installation of doors and frames with installation of hardware specified in Section:
C. Coordinate door frames wall construction for frame anchor placement.
D. Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement.
E. Tolerances:
1. Maximum Diagonal Distortion: 1/8 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 75 of 172
SECTION 081416
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flush wood doors; flush and flush glazed configuration; fire-rated, non-rated, acoustical, special function, and [______].
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 062000 - Finish Carpentry: Wood door frames.
B. Section 087100 - Door Hardware.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) - Architectural Woodwork Standards, 2nd Edition 2014, with Errata (2016).
B. AWMAC/WI (NAAWS) - North American Architectural Woodwork Standards, U.S. Version
4.0 2021, with Errata.
C. UL 10C - Standard for Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DOORS AND PANELS
A. Doors: See drawings for locations and additional requirements.
1. Quality Standard: Custom Grade, Heavy Duty performance, in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), unless noted otherwise.
B. Interior Doors: 1-3/4 inches (44 mm) thick unless otherwise indicated; flush construction.
1. Provide solid core doors at each location.
2. Fire Rated Doors: Tested to ratings indicated on drawings in accordance with UL 10C - Positive Pressure; Underwriters Laboratories Inc (UL) or Intertek/Warnock Hersey (WHI) labeled without any visible seals when door is open.
2.02 DOOR AND PANEL CORES
A. Non-Rated Solid Core and 20 Minute Rated Doors: Type particleboard core (PC), plies and faces as indicated.
B. Fire-Rated Doors: Mineral core type, with fire resistant composite core (FD), plies and faces as indicated above; with core blocking as required to provide adequate anchorage of hardware without through-bolting.
2.03 DOOR FACINGS
2.04 DOOR CONSTRUCTION
A. Fabricate doors in accordance with door quality standard specified.
B. Cores Constructed with stiles and rails:
C. Factory machine doors for hardware other than surface-mounted hardware, in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions.
D. Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard.
E. Provide edge clearances in accordance with the quality standard specified.
2.05 FINISHES - WOOD VENEER DOORS
A. Finish work in accordance with AWI/AWMAC/WI (AWS) or AWMAC/WI (NAAWS), Section 5 - Finishing for grade specified and as follows:
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 76 of 172
SECTION 08 31 13
ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES
INFORMATION ONLY
PAINTING REPAIRS IN CLOSE PROXIMITY OF ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes fire resistive rated and non-rated access doors and panels with frames.
1. Provide for access to controls, valves, traps, dampers, cleanouts, and similar items requiring operation behind inaccessible finished surfaces.
2. Coordinate exact locations with various trades to assure proper placement of access doors and panels.
3. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Field paint finish.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
B. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Building Materials Directory.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Fabricate floor access assemblies to support live load of 100 lb/sq ft with deflection not to exceed 1/180 of span.
B. Product Data: Submit literature indicating sizes, types, finishes, hardware, scheduled locations, fire resistance listings, and details of adjoining Work.
C. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation requirements and rough-in dimensions.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Closeout procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of access units.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Rated Horizontal Access Doors: Rating as indicated on Drawings.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 77 of 172
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Requirements for coordination.
B. Coordinate Work with work behind finished surfaces.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Existing to be upgraded.
B. Fire Rated Access Doors (Type 5): Frames and nominal 1 inch (25 mm) wide exposed PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify rough openings for access doors and panels are correctly sized and located.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Repair Door and Frames as shown on the approved drawings. Secure frames rigidly in place, plumb and level in opening, with plane of door and panel face aligned with adjacent finished surfaces.
1. Set concealed frame type units flush with adjacent finished surfaces.
B. Position unit to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access.
3.3 SCHEDULES
A. Corridor Ceilings: Gypsum board finish type, 24 x 24 inch size, primed and one coat paint to match adjacent ceiling paint color.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 78 of 172
SECTION 084243
INTENSIVE CARE UNIT / CRITICAL CARE UNIT ENTRANCES
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 ENTRANCE ASSEMBLIES
A. Entrance Assemblies: Factory assembled, manually operated, extruded aluminum door and frame with normally-closed but operable sidelights, complete with hardware and operating components.
1. Door and Sidelight Construction: Heavy duty interlocked extruded aluminum tubular stile and rail sections, through-rod bolted construction with steel corner support at hinge stile of carrier-suspended swinging panels or mechanically fastened corners with welded reinforcing brackets to reduce sag in sliding or breakout mode.
2. Finish: Clear anodized, AAMA 611 Class I; in compliance with NAAMM AMP 500-06. a. Color: As selected by Architect.
B. Dimensions:
1. Rough Opening Width: As indicated on drawings.
2. Overall Frame Width (Outside): As indicated on drawings.
3. Clear Opening Width: As indicated on drawings, when swinging panels are fully open.
4. Normal Operation Opening Width: As indicated on drawings.
5. Maximum Panel Width: As indicated on drawings.
6. Rough Opening Height: As indicated on drawings.
7. Overall Frame Height: As indicated on drawings.
8. Clear Door Opening Height: As indicated on drawings.
9. Framing Members: Provide manufacturer's standard extruded aluminum framing, reinforced as required to support imposed loads.
a. Nominal Sizes: 1-3/4 inch (44.5 mm) wide by 4-1/2 inch (114.3 mm) deep.
10. Panel Thickness: 1-3/4 inch (45 mm).
11. Stile Design:
12. Top Rail Height: 4 inch (102 mm), nominal.
13. Glazing Stop Width: Manufacturers standard.
14. Glazing Thickness: 1/4 inch (6 mm).
1.02 COMPONENTS
A. Aluminum Extrusions for Doors, Sidelights, Headers, and Trim: Alloy as recommended by manufacturer for construction and specified finish; nominal 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) wall thickness.
B. Glazing Stops: Manufacturer's standard snap-on extruded aluminum square stops with preformed resilient glazing gaskets.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 79 of 172
SECTION 085659
SERVICE AND TELLER WINDOW UNITS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS
A. Windows: Factory-fabricated, finished, and glazed, with extruded aluminum frame and glazing stops; complete with hardware and anchors.
1. Provide window units that are re-glazable from the secure side without dismantling the non-secure side of framing.
2. Rigidly fit and secure joints and corners with internal reinforcement. Make joints and connections flush, hairline, and weatherproof. Fully weld corners.
3. Apply factory finish to exposed surfaces.
4. Wind Design: Design and size components to withstand dead loads and live loads caused by pressure and negative wind loads acting normal to plane of window as calculated in accordance with applicable code.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 80 of 172
SECTION 087100
DOOR HARDWARE
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA
A. Provide specified door hardware as required to make doors fully functional, compliant with applicable codes, and secure to extent indicated.
B. Provide individual items of single type, of same model, and by same manufacturer.
C. Provide door hardware products that comply with the following requirements:
1. Applicable provisions of federal, state, and local codes.
1.02 FINISHES
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 81 of 172
SECTION 08 80 00
GLAZING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes glass replacement.
1. Glass glazing materials and installation requirements are included in this section for other sections referencing this section.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 08 83 00 - Mirrors: Frameless mirrors.
1.2 UNIT PRICE – MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
A. Basis of Measurement: by Each per Bid Schedule.
B. Basis of Payment: Includes all labor, materials, equipment, etc.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ASTM C1036 - Standard Specification for Flat Glass.
2. ASTM C1193 - Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.
3. ASTM E1425 - Standard Practice for Determining the Acoustical Performance of Exterior Windows and Doors.
B. Glass Association of North America:
1. GANA - FGMA Sealant Manual.
2. GANA - Glazing Manual.
3. GANA - Laminated Glass Design Guide.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 80 - Standard for Fire Doors, Fire Windows.
2. NFPA 252 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
3. NFPA 257 - Standard on Fire Test for Window and Glass Block Assemblies.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 10C - Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies.
2. UL - Building Materials Directory.
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide glass and glazing materials for continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and air barrier:
1. To maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant.
B. Size glass to withstand dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to plane of glass.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 82 of 172
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual, GANA Sealant Manual, GANA Laminated Glass Design Guide for glazing installation methods.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Product warranties and product bonds.
B. Furnish two-year warranty to include coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure, interpane dusting or misting, and replacement of same.
C. Furnish two year warranty to include coverage for delamination of laminated glass and replacement of same.
1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Spare parts and maintenance products.
B. Supply two samples of glass.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GLAZING
1. Substitutions: Permitted with Approval
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Flat Glass (Type FG): Minimum 1/4 inch unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clear Float Glass (Type FG-CF): ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality q3 glazing select.
2. Clear Heat Strengthened Glass (Type FG-CH): ASTM C1048, Kind HS, heat strengthened, Condition A uncoated, Type 1 transparent flat, Class 1 clear, Quality q3 glazing select.
3. Tinted Float Glass (Type FG-TF): ASTM C1036, Type 1 transparent flat, Class glazing select.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Materials compatible with adjacent materials including glass, and glazing channels.
1. Silicone Glazing Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated; single component; chemical curing; capable of water immersion without loss of properties; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25.
a. Structural Silicone: Furnish high-modulus structural silicone glazing materials where sealant bonds glass to substrate.
2. Polysulfide Glazing Sealant: ASTM C920, Type M, Grade NS, Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated; two component; chemical curing, nonsagging type; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25.
3. Polyurethane Glazing Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated; single component, chemical curing, non-staining, non-bleeding, Shore A Hardness Range 20 to 35.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 83 of 172
4. Acrylic Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated; single component, solvent curing, non-bleeding; cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25.
B. Glazing Match existing.
1. Glazing Putty: Oil and resin base caulking compound, hardening type; knife grade consistency; manufacturer’s standard white color.
2. Glazing Compound: Modified oil type, non-hardening, knife grade consistency; manufacturer’s standard gray color.
C. Glazing Clips: Manufacturer's standard type.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Administrative Requirements: Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify openings for glazing are correctly sized and within acceptable tolerance.
C. Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions impeding moisture movement, weeps are clear, and ready to receive glazing.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry.
B. Seal porous glaz ing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer.
C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Perform installation in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual.
1. Glazing Sealants: Comply with ASTM C1193.
2. Fire Rated Openings: Comply with NFPA 80.
3. Install removable stops, spacer shims inserted between glazing and applied stops at 24-inch intervals, 1/4 inch below sight line.
4. Fill gaps between pane and applied stop with elastomeric glazing sealant to depth equal to bite on glazing, to uniform and level line.
5. Trim protruding tape edge.
6. Install glazing resting on setting blocks. Install applied stop and center pane by use of spacer shims at 24-inch centers, kept 1/4 inch below sight line.
7. Locate and secure glazing pane using spring wire clips.
8. Fill gaps between glazing and stops with glazing compound until flush with sight line. Tool surface to straight line.
B. Plastic Film Installation:
1. Install plastic film with adhesive.
2. Place without air bubbles, creases or visible distortion.
3. Fit tight to glass perimeter with razor cut edge.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 84 of 172
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Quality Requirements - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Monitor quality of glazing.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Final cleaning.
B. Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces.
C. Remove labels after Work is complete.
D. Clean glass and adjacent surfaces.
3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Execution and Closeout Requirements: Protecting installed construction.
B. After installation, mark pane with an 'X' by using removable plastic tape or paste. Do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 85 of 172
SECTION 09 21 16
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes metal stud wall framing; gypsum board and joint treatment; and textured finish.
B. Work Includes: Removal damaged drywall and upgrade of some walls to 1-hour rating.
C. Related Sections:
D.
1. Section 06 10 53 - Rough Carpentry: Building wood framing system.
2. Section 09 51 13 – Acoustic Panel Ceilings
3. Section 09 51 23 – Acoustic Tile Ceiling
4. Section 09 90 00 – Painting and Coating
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C36 - Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard.
2. ASTM C475 - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board.
3. ASTM C514 - Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board.
4. ASTM C557 - Standard Specification for Adhesives for Fastening Gypsum Wallboard to Wood Framing.
5. ASTM C630/C630M - Standard Specification for Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board.
6. ASTM C645 - Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members.
7. ASTM C665 - Standard Specification for Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing.
8. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products.
9. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
10. ASTM C931/C931M - Standard Specification for Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board.
11. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases.
12. ASTM C1280 - Standard Specification for Application of Gypsum Sheathing.
13. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
14. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.
15. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
B. Gypsum Association:
1. GA 214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 86 of 172
2. GA 216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
3. GA 600 - Fire Resistance Design Manual Sound Control.
C. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
D. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C840. ASTM C1280. GA-214, GA-216 and GA600.
B. Fire Rated Wall Construction: Rating as indicated on Drawings.
1. Tested Rating: Determined in accordance with ASTM E119.
C. Perform Work in accordance with Municipality of Corona Public Work's standard.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
A. Manufacturers:
1. National Gypsum Co.
2. United States Gypsum Co.
3. Substitutions: Permitted.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Framing Materials:
1. Studs and Tracks: ASTM C645; GA-216 and GA-600; galvanized sheet steel,
2. Furring, Framing, and Accessories: ASTM C645. GA-216 and GA-600.
3. Fasteners: ASTM C514. ASTM C1002. GA-216.
4. Anchorage to Substrate: Tie wire, nails, screws, and other metal supports, of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place.
B. Gypsum Board Materials:
1. Standard Gypsum Board: ASTM C36; 5/8-inch-thick, maximum available length in place; ends square cut.
2. Fire Rated Gypsum Board: ASTM C36; fire resistive type, UL or WH rated; 5/8- inch-thick, maximum available length in place; ends square cut.
3. Moisture Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C630/C630M; 5/8 inch thick, maximum available length in place; ends square cut.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Acoustic Insulation: ASTM C665; preformed glass fiber, friction fit type, unfaced.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 87 of 172
B. Corner Beads: Metal.
C. Edge Trim: GA-216; Type LC bead.
D. Joint Materials: ASTM C475; GA-216; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, and water.
E. Textured Finish Materials: Latex based texturing material.
F. Fasteners: ASTM C1002, Type S12.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on drawings.
3.2 EXISTING WORK
A. Extend existing gypsum board installations using materials and methods as specified.
B. Repair and remodel existing gypsum board assemblies which remain or are to be altered.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Metal Stud Installation:
1. Install studs in accordance with ASTM C754. GA-216 and GA-600.
2. Metal Stud Spacing: Match existing.
3. Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending stud framing through ceiling to structure above. Maintain clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. Provide extended leg ceiling runners.
4. Door Opening Framing: Install double studs at door frame jambs B. Gypsum Board Installation:
1. Install gypsum board in accordance with GA-216 and GA-600.
2. Erect single layer standard gypsum board in most economical direction horizontal or vertical, with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing.
3. Erect single layer fire rated gypsum board vertically, with edges and ends occurring over firm bearing.
4. Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing.
C. Joint Treatment:
1. Finish in accordance with GA-214 Level
2. Tape, fill, and sand exposed joints, edges, and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes.
3. Feather coats on to adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1/32 inch.
4. Taping, filling, and sanding is not required at surfaces behind adhesive applied ceramic tile.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 88 of 172
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from Flat Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 89 of 172
SECTION 092216
NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Non-Loadbearing Framing System Components: ASTM C645; galvanized sheet steel, of size and properties necessary to comply with ASTM C754 for the spacing indicated, with maximum deflection of wall framing of L/240 at 5 psf (L/240 at 240 Pa).
1. Studs: C shaped with knurled or embossed faces.
2. Runners: U shaped, sized to match studs.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 90 of 172
SECTION 09 27 13
GLASS-FIBER-REINFORCED PLASTER FABRICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Glass fiber reinforced gypsum (FGR) fabrications for interior applications including the following:
a. Wall panels.
b. Ceiling panels.
2. Attachment accessories.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry: Substrate for attachment of gypsum fabrications.
2. Section 06 10 53 - Miscellaneous Rough Carpentry: Wood blocking for support of gypsum fabrications.
3. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Metal support framing and materials for finishing gypsum fabrications.
4. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating: Painting gypsum fabrications.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C475 - Standard Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board.
2. ASTM A653/A653M - Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process.
3. ASTM C754 - Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw-Attached Gypsum Panel Products.
4. ASTM C840 - Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
5. ASTM C1002 - Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases.
6. ASTM C1355/C1355M - Standard Specification for Glass Fiber Reinforced Gypsum Composites.
7. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
B. Gypsum Association:
1. GA 214 - Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish.
2. GA 216 - Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 91 of 172
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Requirements for submittals.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate locations, fabrication details, weights, connection and installation details, dimensions, and relationship to adjacent materials.
2. Indicate openings for sprinkler heads, diffusers, grilles, etc.
C. Product Data: Submit data for framing, anchors, gypsum materials, and accessories.
D. Samples: Submit two samples of each trim component illustrating construction, profile and surface texture and finish.
1. Linear Trim Samples:
2. Panel Trim Samples: sized to illustrate full pattern of each item.
E. Test Reports: Certify compliance surface burning characteristics.
F. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturers written installation instructions.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Sole Source: Obtain gypsum fabrications from single source.
B. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C840. GA 214 and GA 216.
C. Furnish framing materials in accordance with SSMA - Product Technical Information.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.
B. Accept fabrications on site in manufacturers original packaging. Inspect for damage.
C. Protect fabrications from weather, contact with the ground, and excessive humidity.
1.6 FIELD MEASUREMENTS
A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate work with substrate construction for installation of blocking and at attachment points.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Furnish two-year manufacturer’s warranty for cracks, chips and marks caused by defective materials or workmanship.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 92 of 172
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GYPSUM FABRICATIONS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Architectural Shapes, Inc.
2. Substitutions: Permitted.
B. Product Description: Molded glass fiber reinforced gypsum fabrications with integral metal support framing.
2.2 GLASS FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM MATERIALS
A. Gypsum Composite: ASTM C1355/C1355M; mixture of gypsum cement, glass fiber, water and additives.
B. Molds: Fiberglass, formed to produce items to the required profiles, surface texture, dimensions, and tolerances.
2.3 FRAMING MATERIALS
A. Metal Framing: ASTM A653/A653M; Grade 33 sheet steel, cold rolled to channel shape.
B. Suspension Materials: ASTM C754; GA 216; channels, tie wire, hanger wire, and hangers.
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Embeds: Cold rolled galvanized steel as specified for metal framing.
B. Joint Materials: ASTM C475; GA 216; reinforcing tape, joint compound, adhesive, and water.
C. Screws: ASTM C1002. GA 216.
D. Anchors: Expansion bolts, powder actuated fasteners, and other fasteners of type and size to suit application; to rigidly secure materials in place.
E. Adhesive: Type recommended by gypsum fabrication manufacturer.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Mix and apply gypsum composite to molds according to manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Apply gypsum composite to minimum 1/4-inch shell thickness.
C. Incorporate framing and embeds into gypsum fabrications.
D. Remove fabrications from molds. Repair surface defects.
E. Fabricate connection devices and hardware to suit application.
2.6 FABRICATION TOLERANCES
A. Dimensional Tolerances: Plus or minus 1/8 inch.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 93 of 172
B. Plane Surface Flatness: Plus or minus 1/8 inch.
C. Bowing: Plus or minus 1/16 inch/foot.
D. Out of Square: 1/4 inch difference between diagonals.
2.7 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing, inspection and analysis requirements.
B. Make completed fabrications available for inspection at manufacturer’s factory prior to packaging for shipment. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspection is allowed.
2.8 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify substrates are clean, plumb and level and ready to receive gypsum fabrications.
2.9 EXISTING WORK
A. Extend existing gypsum fabrication installations using materials and methods as specified.
B. Repair existing items to match new items being installed.
2.10 INSTALLATION
A. Install gypsum fabrications level and plumb, without damage to shape or finish.
B. Align gypsum fabrications with adjacent construction to product uniform horizontal and vertical joints as erection progresses.
C. Secure fabrications to substrate. Countersink exposed fasteners.
D. Replace or repair damaged fabrications.
E. Finish joints as specified for gypsum board assemblies. Follow shape of fabricated product. Provide smooth transition between adjacent sections.
F. Finish paint fabrications as specified in Section 09 90 00.
G. Install Work in accordance with Municipality of Corona Public Work's standards.
2.11 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Location: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, noncumulative.
C. Maximum Offset from Alignment Between Two Connecting Fabrications:1/16 inch.
D. Maximum Variation from Dimensions Indicated on Shop Drawings: 1/8 inch.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 94 of 172
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 95 of 172
SECTION 09 30 00
TILING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes ceramic tile for floor and wall applications; B. Related Sections:
1. Section 03 35 00 - Concrete Finishing: Troweling of floor slab for tile application.
2. Section 22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures: Shower receptor.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A108.1 - Installation of Ceramic Tile, A collection.
2. ANSI A108.10 - Specifications for Installation of Grout in Tilework.
3. ANSI A108.1A - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar.
4. ANSI A108.1B - Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar.
5. ANSI A108.1C - Specifications for Contractors Option: Installation of Ceramic Tile in the Wet-Set Method with Portland Cement Mortar -or- Installation of Ceramic Tile on a Cured Portland Cement Mortar Setting Bed with Dry-Set or Latex Portland Cement Mortar.
6. ANSI A108.4 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Organic Adhesives or Water-Cleanable Tile Setting Epoxy Adhesive.
7. ANSI A108.5 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.
8. ANSI A108.6 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy.
9. ANSI A108.7 - Specifications for Electrically Conductive Ceramic Tile Installed with Conductive Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar.
10. ANSI A108.8 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Chemical-Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout.
11. ANSI A108.9 - Specifications for Ceramic Tile Installed with Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout.
12. ANSI A118.1 - Standard Specification for Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar.
13. ANSI A118.3 - Chemical-Resistant, Water-Cleanable, Tile-Setting and -Grouting Epoxy and Water-Cleanable Tile-Setting Epoxy Adhesive.
14. ANSI A118.4 - Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.
15. ANSI A118.5 - Chemical-Resistant Furan Mortar and Grout.
16. ANSI A118.6 - Ceramic Tile Grouts.
17. ANSI A118.8 - Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout.
18. ANSI A118.9 - Test Methods and Specifications for Cementitious Backer Units.
19. ANSI A136.1 - Organic Adhesives for Installation of Ceramic Tile.
20. ANSI A137.1 - Ceramic Tile.
B. ASTM International:
1. ASTM C847 - Standard Specification for Metal Lath.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 96 of 172
C. Tile Council of America:
1. TCA - Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit instructions for using grouts and adhesives.
C. Samples: Submit mounted tile and grout on two plywood panels.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit recommended cleaning methods, cleaning materials, stain removal methods, and polishes and waxes.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with TCA Handbook and ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years’ experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years’ experience and approved by tile manufacturer.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Protect adhesives and grouts from freezing or overheating.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install adhesives and grouts in unventilated environment.
B. Maintain ambient and substrate temperature of 50 degrees F during installation of mortar materials.
1.9 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Spare parts and maintenance products.
B. Supply 50 sq ft of each size, color, and surface finish of tile specified.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 TILE
A. Manufacturers:
1. Dal-Tile International to be selected by owner.
2. Substitutions: Permitted.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 97 of 172
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Ceramic Wall Tile: ANSI A137.1, conforming to the following:
1. Size: Match Existing.
2. Shape: Square.
3. Color: Match Existing.
4. Pattern: Match Existing.
B. Base: Same as floor tile. Match floor tile for moisture absorption, surface finish, and color:
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Adhesive Materials:
1. Organic Adhesive: ANSI A136.1, thin-set bond type.
2. Tile Setting Adhesive: Elastomeric, waterproof, liquid applied.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify surfaces are ready to receive work.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Protect surrounding work from damage.
B. Vacuum clean surfaces and damp clean.
C. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. Level existing substrate surfaces to acceptable flatness tolerances.
D. Prepare substrate surfaces for adhesive installation.
3.3 EXISTING WORK
A. Requirements for maintenance service.
B. Prepare and remodel existing tile installations using materials and methods as specified.
C. Clean and repair existing tile which remains.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. Install tile, and grout in accordance with applicable requirements of ANSI A108.1 through A108.10, and TCA Handbook recommendations.
B. Install ceramic accessories rigidly in prepared openings.
C. Sound tile after setting. Replace hollow sounding units.
D. Keep joints free of adhesive or grout.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 98 of 172
E. Allow tile to set for a minimum of 48 hours prior to grouting.
F. Grout tile joints.
G. Apply sealant to junction of tile and dissimilar materials and junction of dissimilar planes.
H. Installation - Floors - Thin-Set Methods:
1. Over concrete substrates install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F113, dry-set or latex-portland cement bond coat, with standard grout, unless otherwise indicated.
2. Over wood substrates, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F142, with grout, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Where epoxy bond coat and grout are indicated, install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method F143.
3. Mortar Bed Thickness: 5/8 inch, unless otherwise indicated.
I. Installation - Showers and Bathtub Walls:
1. At tiled shower receptors install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method B414, mortar bed floor, B415, mortar bed floor, and W244, thin-set over cementitious backer unit walls.
2. At bathtub walls install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method B411, mortar bed on studs with waterproofing membrane B412, over cementitious backer units with waterproofing membrane.
3. Grout with silicone rubber grout.
4. Seal joints between tile work and other work with sealant.
J. Installation - Wall Tile:
1. Over cementitious backer units install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method.
2. Over gypsum wallboard on wood or metal studs install in accordance with TCA Handbook Method.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Final cleaning.
B. Clean tile and grout surfaces.
3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Protecting installed construction.
B. Do not permit traffic over finished floor surface for 4 days after installation.
3.7 SCHEDULES
A. Restroom Floors:
1. Tile: Match Existing
2. Size: 6 x 6 inch.
3. Color: Match Existing.
a. Base: Coved, 2 inches high, bullnosed top edge.
b. Installation method: Thin Set.
c. Grout: Silicone rubber.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 99 of 172
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 100 of 172
SECTION 09 51 13
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes suspended metal grid ceiling system and perimeter trim; acoustic tile.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Access panels.
2. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system.
3. Section: Sprinkler heads in ceiling system.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association:
1. CISCA - Acoustical Ceilings: Use and Practice.
B. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Suspension System: Rigidly secure acoustic ceiling system including integral mechanical and electrical components with maximum deflection of 1: 360.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to CISCA requirements.
1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Armstrong World Industries.
2. Celotex Building Products.
3. USG Interiors.
4. Substitutions: Permitted.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Acoustic Panels: ASTM E1264, conforming to the following:
1. Size: 24 x 48 inches.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 101 of 172
2. Thickness: 3/4 inches.
3. Surface Color: White.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Gypsum Board: Fire rated type; 5/8-inch-thick, ends and edges square, paper faced.
B. Touch-up Paint: Type and color to match acoustic and grid units.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify layout of hangers will not interfere with other work.
3.2 EXISTING WORK
A. Extend existing acoustical ceiling installations using materials and methods as specified.
B. Clean and repair existing acoustical ceilings which remain or are to be reinstalled.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Lay-In Grid Suspension System:
1. Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C635, ASTM C636 and as supplemented in this section.
2. Install system in accordance with ASTM E580.
3. Install system capable of supporting imposed loads to deflection of 1: 360 maximum.
B. Acoustic Units:
1. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function.
2. Install units after above ceiling work is complete.
3. Install acoustic units level, in uniform plane, and free from twist, warp, and dents.
4. Cutting Acoustic Units:
a. Cut to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim.
5. Install hold-down clips to retain panels tight to grid system within 20 ft of exterior door.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
3.5 SCHEDULES
A. Dining Areas: 24 x 48 inch square edge mineral acoustic units, interlocking exposed T suspension grid.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 102 of 172
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 103 of 172
SECTION 09 51 23
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes acoustic units and perimeter trim.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Frames: Access panels.
2. Section 09 21 16 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Gypsum board [suspended] ceiling system substrate.
3. Section 23 37 00 - Air Outlets and Inlets: Air diffusion devices in ceiling system.
4. Section 26 51 00 - Interior Lighting: Light fixtures in ceiling system.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2. ASTM E119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
3. ASTM E1264 - Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products.
B. Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association:
1. CISCA - Acoustical Ceilings: Use and Practice.
C. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
D. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 255 - Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
2. NFPA 286 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Evaluating Contribution of Wall and Ceiling Interior Finish to Room Fire Growth.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Installed System: Conform to UL Design # for ceiling and floor assembly.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to CISCA requirements.
1. Total Smoke Release: Maximum 1,000 cu m.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 104 of 172
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ADHESIVE APPLIED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. [____________________] Model [________].
2. Substitutions: Permitted.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Adhesive: Waterproof, gun grade; type recommended by tile manufacturer.
B. Gypsum Board: UL fire rated type; 5/8 inch thick, ends and edges square, paper faced.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify substrate conditions are ready to receive work of this section.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Perimeter Molding:
1. Install concealed edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces
2. Use longest practical lengths.
3. Miter corners.
4. Install concealed molding at junctions with other interruptions.
B. Fit acoustic units in place, free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function.
C. Install acoustic units level in uniform plane.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 105 of 172
SECTION 09 90 00
PAINTING AND COATING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes surface preparation and field application of paints, stains, varnishes, and other coatings.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 09 96 00 - High-Performance Coatings.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.
2. ASTM D4442 - Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood-Base Materials.
B. National Fire Protection Association:
C. Painting and Decorating Contractors of America:
1. PDCA - Architectural Painting Specification Manual.
D. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings:
1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual.
E. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data on finishing products.
C. Samples:
1. Submit two paper chip samples, 6x6 inch in size illustrating range of colors and textures available for each surface finishing product scheduled.
2. Submit two painted samples, illustrating selected colors and textures for each color and system selected.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special surface preparation procedures, substrate conditions requiring special attention,
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 106 of 172
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces.
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Product storage and handling requirements.
B. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.
C. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.
D. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and maximum of 90 degrees F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside temperature ranges required by paint product manufacturer.
B. Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow when relative humidity is outside humidity ranges, or moisture content of surfaces exceed those required by paint product manufacturer.
C. Provide lighting level of 80 ft candle measured mid-height at substrate surface.
1.9 SEQUENCING
A. Work sequence.
B. Sequence application to the following:
1. Do not apply finish coats until paintable sealant is applied.
2. Back prime wood trim before installation of trim.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. Product warranties and product bonds.
B. Furnish five-year manufacturer warranty for paints and coatings.
1.11 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Spare parts and maintenance products.
B. Supply 2 gallons of each color, type, and surface texture; store where directed.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 107 of 172
C. Label each container with color, type, texture, room locations, in addition to manufacturer's label.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINTS AND COATINGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Ameritone Paint Corp.
2. The Glidden Co.
3. Sinclair Paints .
4. Substitutions: Permitted with Approval.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Prepare coatings:
1. To soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to homogeneous coating.
2. For good flow and brushing properties.
3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.
B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified; commercial quality.
C. Patching Materials: Latex filler.
D. Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify surfaces, substrate conditions are ready to receive Work as instructed by product manufacturer.
C. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report conditions capable of affecting proper application.
D. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Surface Appurtenances: Remove or mask electrical plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing.
B. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces capable of affecting work of this section.
Remove or repair existing coatings exhibiting surface defects.
C. Impervious Surfaces: Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra-sodium phosphate and bleach. Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 108 of 172
D. Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish: Remove surface contamination by steam or high-pressure water. Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing. Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning.
E. Insulated Coverings: Remove dirt, grease, and oil from canvas and cotton.
F. Concrete Floors: Remove contamination, acid etch, and rinse floors with clear water.
Verify required acid-alkali balance is achieved. Allow to dry.
G. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.
H. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent.
Apply coat of etching primer.
I. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry.
J. Plaster Surfaces: Fill hairline cracks, small holes, and imperfections with latex patching plaster. Make smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces.
K. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by hand or power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs.
L. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces.
M. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming. Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried; sand between coats.
N. Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing, seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried; sand lightly between coats.
O. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter.
Seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior paintable caulking compound after prime coat has been applied.
P. Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish: Remove dust, grit, and foreign matter; seal knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. Fill nail holes with tinted exterior caulking compound after sealer has been applied.
Q. Glue-Laminated Beams: Prior to finishing, wash surfaces with solvent, remove grease and dirt.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 109 of 172
R. Wood Doors Scheduled for Painting: Seal wood door top and bottom edge surfaces with clear sealer.
S. Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting: Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces.
3.3 EXISTING WORK
A. Extend existing paint and coatings installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations and as specified.
3.4 APPLICATION
A. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied.
B. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless specified otherwise.
C. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish.
D. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat.
E. Where clear finishes are required, tint fillers to match wood. Work fillers into grain before set. Wipe excess from surface.
F. Prime concealed surfaces of interior and exterior woodwork with primer paint.
G. Prime concealed surfaces of interior wood surfaces scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner.
1. Paint shop primed equipment. Paint shop finished items occurring at interior areas.
2. Remove unfinished louvers, grilles, covers, and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately.
3. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports.
4. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts and convector and baseboard heating cabinets visible through grilles and louvers with one coat of flat black paint to visible surfaces. Paint dampers exposed behind louvers, grilles baseboard cabinets to match face panels.
5. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas.
6. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment.
7. Color code equipment, piping, conduit, and exposed duct work in accordance with requirements indicated. Color band and identify with flow arrows, names, and numbering.
8. Reinstall electrical cover plates, hardware, light fixture trim, escutcheons, and fittings removed prior to finishing.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Inspect and test questionable coated areas..
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 110 of 172
3.6 CLEANING
A. Collect waste material which may constitute fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site.
3.7 SCHEDULE - COLORS
A. To be selected and approved by the owner.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 111 of 172
SECTION 09 96 00
HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS
Note: This section includes fluid applied coatings intended for applications requiring better scrubbability and durability than normal, increased chemical resistance, or increased protection from corrosion.
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes high performance coatings and special preparation of surfaces.
1. Patch and Level Surfaces prior to coating application.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 09 90 00 - Painting and Coating.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Federal Specification Unit:
1. FS A-A-3054 - Paint, Heat Resisting (204 C).
2. FS TT-C-555 - Coating, Textured (For Interior and Exterior Masonry Surfaces).
B. Military Standardization Documents:
1. MIL C-22750 - Coatings: Epoxy Polyamide.
C. SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings:
1. SSPC - Steel Structures Painting Manual.
2. SSPC SP 2 - Hand Tool Cleaning.
3. SSPC SP 3 - Power Tool Cleaning.
4. SSPC SP 5 - White Metal Blast Cleaning.
5. SSPC SP 6 - Commercial Blast Cleaning.
6. SSPC SP 7 - Brush-Off Blast Cleaning.
7. SSPC SP 10 - Near-White Blast Cleaning.
8. SSPC SP 11 - Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Minimum Performance Criteria: Provide coating systems meeting the following, unless more stringent criteria are specified:
1. Abrasion Resistance:
2. Impact Resistance:
3. Hardness:
4. Adhesion:
5. Water Resistance:
6. Water Vapor Transmission:
7. Stain Resistance:
8. Scrubbability: Excellent.
9. Gloss and Color Retention: Excellent
B. Severe Exposure: Conform to minimum performance criteria, and the following:
1. Salt Spray Resistance:
2. Solvent Resistance:
3. Acid Resistance:
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 112 of 172
4. Alkali Resistance:
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit data indicating coating materials and performance ratings.
C. Submit two samples 12x12 inch in size illustrating colors available for selection.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention.
1.5 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years’ experience.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not install materials when temperature is below 55 degrees F or above 90 degrees F B. Maintain this temperature range, 24 hours before, during, and 72 hours after installation of coating.
C. Restrict traffic from area where coating is being applied or is curing.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Product warranties and product bonds.
B. Warranty: Include coverage for bond to substrate, degradation of chemical resistance.
1.8 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Spare parts and maintenance products.
B. Supply 1gallon of each color specified, for Owner's maintenance use.
C. Label each container with manufacturer's name, product number, color number, and room names and numbers where used.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 HIGH PERFORMANCE COATINGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Carboline Company.
2. Tnemec Co., Inc.
3. Substitutions: Permitted with approval.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 113 of 172
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Coatings - General: Furnish complete multi-coat systems formulated and recommended by manufacturer for applications indicated, in thicknesses indicated; number of coats specified does not include primer or filler coat.
B. Epoxy Coating: Two coats epoxy, MIL C-22750, semi-gloss finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify substrate surfaces are ready to receive work as instructed by coating manufacturer. Obtain and follow manufacturer's instructions for examination and testing of substrates.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean surfaces of loose foreign matter.
B. Protect adjacent surfaces and materials not receiving coating from overspray; mask when necessary to provide adequate protection. Repair damage.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Apply primer to all surfaces, unless specifically not required by coating manufacturer.
B. Concrete: Prior to priming, patch with masonry filler to produce smooth surface.
C. Apply coatings to thicknesses specified ¼ “thick.
D. Apply in uniform thickness coats, without runs, drips, pinholes, brush marks, or variations in color, texture, or finish. Finish edges, crevices, corners, and other changes in dimension with full coating thickness.
3.4 CLEANING
A. Final cleaning.
B. Collect waste material which may constitute fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site.
C. Clean surfaces immediately of overspray, splatter, and excess material.
D. After coating has cured, clean and replace finish hardware, fixtures, and fittings previously removed.
3.5 SCHEDULE
A. Colors: to be selected by the owner.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 114 of 172
B. Walls in Kitchens, Shower Rooms, Toilet Rooms, Janitor Closets: Decorative high-build coating Epoxy semi-gloss.
C. Concrete Floors: Opaque epoxy floor coating, non-skid finish.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 115 of 172
SECTION 10 14 00
SIGNAGE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide and install signs per Project Plans and Bid Schedule. Removal and disposal of any existing signs per Project Plans.
PART 2 EXECUTION
2.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of existing signs before starting work.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 116 of 172
SECTION 10 21 13
TOILET COMPARTMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work includes installation of toilet partitions per Project Plans.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A424 - Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, for Porcelain Enameling.
2. ASTM A666 - Standard Specification for Austenitic Stainless-Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar.
B. Federal Specification Unit:
1. FS A-A-60003 - Partitions, Toilet, Complete.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Samples: Submit 6x6 inch in size illustrating panel finish, color, and sheen.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate Work with placement of support framing and anchors in wall and floor.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS
A. Product Description: Floor mounted and overhead braced and wall mounted.
2.2 COMPONENTS
A. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A666, Type 304.
B. Panels, and Pilasters: Sheet steel faces, pressure bonded to sound deadening core, formed and closed edges, mitered and welded corners ground smooth.
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Pilaster Shoes: ASTM A666 type 304 stainless steel with No. 4 finish, 3 inch high, concealing floor and ceiling fastenings.
B. Head Rails: Hollow stainless-steel tube, 1 x 1-5/8 inch size, with anti-grip profile and cast socket wall brackets.
C. Brackets: Stainless steel.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 117 of 172
D. Attachments, Screws, and Bolts: Stainless steel.
1. For attaching panels and pilasters to brackets: Through-bolts and nuts.
2.4 FACTORY FINISHING
A. Stainless Steel Compartments: AISI No. 4 finish, with grain running long dimension of component.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify field measurements.
C. Verify correct location of built-in framing, anchorage, and bracing.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Maintain 3/8 to 1/2 inch space between wall and panels and between wall and end pilasters.
B. Attach panel brackets securely to walls using anchor devices.
C. Attach panels and pilasters to brackets.
D. Field touch-up of scratches or damaged enamel finish will not be permitted. Replace damaged or scratched materials with new materials.
3.3 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Variation From Indicated Position: 1/4 inch.
B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/8 inch.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 118 of 172
SECTION 102113.13
METAL TOILET COMPARTMENTS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 COMPONENTS
A. Toilet Compartments: Powder coated steel, floor-mounted unbraced.
B. Doors, Panels, and Pilasters: Sheet steel faces, pressure bonded to sound deadening core, formed and closed edges; corners made with corner clips or mitered, welded, and ground smooth.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 119 of 172
SECTION 10 73 13
AWNINGS
INFORMATION ONLY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes metal framing and fittings; metal and fabric covering; and applied graphics.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM A53/A53M - Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless.
2. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products.
3. ASTM A500 - Standard Specification for Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes.
4. ASTM A501 - Standard Specification for Hot-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing.
5. ASTM B210 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes.
6. ASTM B210M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Seamless Tubes (Metric).
7. ASTM B221 - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes.
8. ASTM B221M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Profiles, and Tubes (Metric).
9. ASTM B241/B241M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Seamless Pipe and Seamless Extruded Tube.
10. ASTM B483/B483M - Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Drawn Tubes for General Purpose Applications.
B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL - Fire Protection Equipment Directory.
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Awning materials, assembly and attachments to resist snow, wind, suction, and uplift design loads of 10 lb/sq ft at any point without damage or permanent set.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate awning profiles, sizes, connection attachments, anchorage, size and type of fasteners, patterns, and accessories.
C. Product Data: Submit data on awning covering, color fastness, stitching and seaming methods, attachment devices to framing system.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 120 of 172
D. Covering Samples: Submit 12 x 12 inch sample of covering with representative hem stitch detail, seam with reinforcement, and attachment devices to framing system.
E. Framing Samples: Submit two samples of framing members, elbow, Tee, wall bracket, and finish;
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Flame Resistant Fabric: Passes when tested in accordance with NFPA 701, Test 1 or Test 2.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 AWNINGS
A. Manufacturers:
2.2 ALUMINUM FRAMING SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Framing:
B. Fittings: Elbows, T-shapes, wall brackets; cast, machined aluminum.
C. Mounting: Brackets and flanges.
D. Splice Connectors: Concealed spigot, Collar with locking set screws; cast, machined aluminum.
E. Exposed Fasteners: Flush countersunk galvanized, plated, stainless steel screws or bolts; consistent with design of system.
2.3 COVERING MATERIAL COMPONENTS
A. Vinyl Laminated Polyester: 16 oz/sq yd, resistant to ultra-violet light, mildew and water, flame resistant treated; color as selected.
2.4 FABRICATION - FRAMING
A. Fit and shop assemble components in largest practical sizes, for delivery to site.
B. Fabricate components with joints tightly fitted and secured.
C. Exposed Fastenings: Unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise.
D. Supply components required for anchorage of framing. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as framing, except where specifically noted otherwise.
E. Continuously seal joined pieces by [intermittent welds and plastic filler] [continuous welds].
F. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 121 of 172
G. Accurately form components to suit each other and to building structure.
2.5 FABRICATION - COVERING
A. Manufacture covering in one piece wherever possible, sized and configured to suit framing.
B. Form covering heading of triple thickness 2 inches wide, double fold bottom hem 2 inches wide.
C. Prepare covering with stitched button holes, grommets, attachment devices, lacing for attachment to framing 6 inches on center.
D. Turn seam edges and lock stitch.
E. Metal Coverings/Cladding.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify wall substrate anchors are acceptable and are ready to receive work.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required.
B. Supply items required to be used with setting templates, to appropriate Sections.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Installation of Framing:
1. Install components plumb and level, accurately fitted, free from distortion or defects.
2. Provide anchors required for connecting framing to structure. Anchor framing to structure.
3. Conceal bolts and screws whenever possible.
B. Installation of Covering:
1. Install covering over framing members, stretched taught without creases or folds.
2. Attach covering and fasten securely.
3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Tolerances.
B. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative.
C. Maximum Misalignment From Indicated Position:1/4 inch.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 122 of 172
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Adjust awnings to produce uniform appearance and consistently in proper relation with adjacent work.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 123 of 172
SECTION 11 31 00
RESIDENTIAL APPLIANCES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes refrigerator.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Equipment: Conform to applicable code for UL approval.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit data on equipment and accessories.
B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit relevant instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 RESIDENTIAL EQUIPMENT
List manufacturers/suppliers proposed for this Project.
A. Manufacturers:
1. Substitutions: Permitted.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify openings and utility services are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings, instructed by manufacturer.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Set and adjust units level and plumb.
B. Connect to utilities and make units operational.
C. Activate units to confirm correct operation.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 124 of 172
SECTION 12 00 00
FURNISHINGS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
B. Counter Tops with sinks: Stainless Steel Counter Tops; Vanity Counter Tops.
C. Refer to Sheet Numbers: A-2a, A-2.1, A-3 and A-3.1.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Indicate method of attachment and anchorage. Indicate locations for operating controls.
B. Product Data: Submit data on furnishings and accessories.
C. Samples: Submit samples, in size illustrating, color etc.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit maintenance information on cleaning.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MISCELLANEOUS FURNISHINGS
A. Manufacturers:
1. [____________________] Model [________].
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify site conditions are ready to receive work.
3.2 INSTALLATION
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 125 of 172
SECTION 21 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION
INFORMATION ONLY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work includes replacement of sprinkler head escutcheons.
B. REFERENCES
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 13 - Installation of Sprinkler Systems.
2. NFPA 14 - Standard for the Installation of Standpipe, Private Hydrants and Hose Systems.
3. NFPA 24 - Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances.
1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts lists.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with NFPA 13.
1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish twelve spare escutcheons.
PART 2 END OF SECTION
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CLEANING
A. Clean entire system after other construction is complete.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 126 of 172
SECTION 22 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.
2. Sleeves.
3. Mechanical sleeve seals.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Submit for piping and equipment identification list of wording, symbols, letter size, and color coding for pipe identification and valve chart and schedule, including valve tag number, location, function, and valve manufacturer's name and model number.
B. Product Data for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit for mechanical identification C. Samples for Pipe and Equipment Identification: Submit two tags, 1-1/2 inches in size.
Submit two labels, 1.9 x 0.75 inches in size.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with State and Municipality of Corona Public Work's standard.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 127 of 172
SECTION 220513
COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION AND REQUIREMENTS
A. Construction:
1. Open drip-proof type except where specifically noted otherwise.
2. Design for continuous operation in 104 degrees F (40 degrees C) environment.
3. Design for temperature rise in accordance with NEMA MG 1 limits for insulation class, service factor, and motor enclosure type.
B. Visible Nameplate: Indicating motor horsepower, voltage, phase, cycles, RPM, full load amps, locked rotor amps, frame size, manufacturer's name and model number, service factor, power factor, efficiency.
C. Wiring Terminations:
1. Provide terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities, sizes, and materials indicated. Enclose terminal lugs in terminal box sized to NFPA 70, threaded for conduit.
2. For fractional horsepower motors where connection is made directly, provide threaded conduit connection in end frame.
1.02 APPLICATIONS
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 128 of 172
SECTION 220523
GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: No less than rating indicated; as required for system pressures and temperatures.
B. Valve Sizes: Match upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.
C. Valve Actuator Types:
D. Valve-End Connections:
E. General ASME Compliance:
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 129 of 172
SECTION 220529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of plumbing work.
2. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where applicable.
3. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported with a minimum safety factor of [_____]. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable.
4. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed.
a. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. b. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M.
B. Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems:
1. Comply with MFMA-4.
C. Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated.
D. Anchors and Fasteners:
1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 130 of 172
SECTION 220553
IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 PLUMBING COMPONENT IDENTIFICATION GUIDELINE
A. Pipe Markers: 3/4 inch (20 mm) diameter and higher.
1.02 PIPE MARKERS
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 131 of 172
SECTION 220716
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT INSULATION
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.
1.02 JACKET INSULATION
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 132 of 172
SECTION 220719
PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread index/Smoke developed index of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84 or UL 723.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 133 of 172
SECTION 221005
PLUMBING PIPING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Sanitary waste piping, above grade.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2021a.
B. NSF 61 - Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects 2020.
C. NSF 372 - Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content 2020.
D. UL 723 - Standard for Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Potable Water Supply Systems: Provide piping, pipe fittings, and solder and flux (if used), that comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 for maximum lead content; label pipe and fittings.
B. Plenum-Installed Acid Waste Piping: Flame-spread index equal or below 25 and smokespread index equal or below 50 according to ASTM E84 or UL 723 tests.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 134 of 172
SECTION 223000
PLUMBING EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Water heaters.
B. Domestic hot water storage tanks.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 DOMESTIC HOT WATER STORAGE TANKS
A. Tank: Welded steel, ASME labeled for working pressure of 125 psig (870 kPa), steel support saddles, tappings for accessories, threaded connections of stainless steel, access manhole.
B. Openings: Up to 3 inches (75 mm), copper-silicone threaded; over 4 inches (100 mm), flanged; flanged collar for heat exchanger; manway fitting.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 135 of 172
SECTION 22 40 00
PLUMBING FIXTURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Water Closet (toilet)/flusher.
2. Lavatories/faucets.
3. Sinks.
4. Service sinks.
5. Showers.
6. Faucets.
7. Pipe requirements.
B. Reference Drawings: A-2a, A-2, A-2.1, A-3, A-3.1, P-1 and P-2.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. American National Standards Institute:
1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities.
2. ARI 1010 - Self-Contained, Mechanically Refrigerated Drinking-Water Coolers.
B. American Society of Mechanical Engineers:
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal procedures.
B. Product Data: Submit catalog illustrations of fixtures, sizes, rough-in dimensions, utility sizes, trim, and finishes.
C. Samples: Submit two lavatory supply fittings, fixtures for color matching, sets of color chips for each standard color.
D. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Submit installation methods and procedures.
E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Closeout procedures.
B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit fixture, trim, exploded view and replacement parts lists.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with Municipality of Corona Public Work's standard.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 136 of 172
1.6 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years’ experience.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
Product storage and handling requirements.
A. Accept fixtures on site in factory packaging. Inspect for damage.
B. Protect installed fixtures from damage by securing areas and by leaving factory packaging in place to protect fixtures and prevent use.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Product warranties and product bonds.
B. Furnish five-year manufacturer warranty for plumbing fixtures.
1.9 Toilets and flusher
1.10 LAVATORIES
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Standard Plumbing.
2. Kohler Co.
3. Substitutions: Permitted.
B. Undercounter Double Lavatory: ASME A112.19.2M; vitreous china, unglazed rim for under counter mount with rear overflow, with drillings on 4 inch centers.
C. Supply Fitting: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated combination supply fitting with pop-up waste, chain and plug, open grid strainer, water economy aerator with maximum 2.0 gpm flow, indexed handles or single lever handle.
OR
D. Metered Faucet: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated metered mixing faucet with low voltage battery operated solenoid operator and infrared sensor, aerator spray and cover plate, open grid strainer.
E. Accessories:
1. Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon.
2. Flexible supplies.
3. Trap and waste insulated and offset to meet ADA compliance.
F. Wall Mounted Carrier: ASME A112.6.1; cast iron and steel frame with tubular legs, lugs for floor and wall attachment, threaded studs for fixture hanger, concealed arm supports, bearing plate and studs.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 137 of 172
1.11 SINKS
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Standard Plumbing.
2. Substitutions: Permitted with Approved Equal
OR
B. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated brass supply with high rise swing spout, vandal proof water economy aerator with maximum 2.2 gpm flow, indexed lever handles [single lever handle] [and retractable spray].
C. Accessories: Chrome plated 17 gage brass P-trap with clean-out plug and arm with escutcheon, wheel handle, screwdriver stop and flexible supplies.
1.12 BATHTUBS [AND SHOWERS]
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Standard Plumbing.
2. Substitutions: Permitted.
1.13 SHOWERS
A. Manufacturers:
1. American Standard Plumbing.
2. Substitutions: Permitted with Approved Equal.
B. Trim: ASME A112.18.1; chrome plated vandal-proof institutional head with integral wall bracket, built-in 2.5 gpm flow control.
PART 2 EXECUTION
2.1 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and project conditions.
B. Verify walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for installation of fixtures.
C. Verify electric power is available and of correct characteristics.
D. Confirm millwork is constructed with adequate provision for installation of countertop lavatories and sinks.
2.2 PREPARATION
A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures.
2.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning.
B. Provide flexible supplies to fixtures with screwdriver stops, reducers, and escutcheons.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 138 of 172
C. Install components level and plumb.
D. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall supports and bolts.
E. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sealant, color to match fixture.
2.4 ADJUSTING
A. Testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Adjust stops or valves for intended water flow rate to fixtures without splashing, noise, or overflow.
2.5 CLEANING
A. Final cleaning.
B. Clean plumbing fixtures and equipment.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 139 of 172
SECTION 230800
COMMISSIONING OF HVAC
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. See Section 019113 - General Commissioning Requirements for overall objectives; comply with the requirements of Section 019113.
B. This section covers the Contractor's responsibilities for commissioning; each subcontractor or installer responsible for the installation of a particular system or equipment item to be commissioned is responsible for the commissioning activities relating to that system or equipment item.
C. The Commissioning Authority (CA) directs and coordinates all commissioning activities and provides Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test Procedures for Contractor's use.
D. The entire HVAC system is to be commissioned, including commissioning activities for the following specific items:
1. Other equipment and systems explicitly identified elsewhere in Contract Documents as requiring commissioning.
E. The Prefunctional Checklist and Functional Test requirements specified in this section are in addition to, not a substitute for, inspection or testing specified in other sections.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ASHRAE Guideline 1.1 - The HVAC&R Technical Requirements for the Commissioning Process 2007, with Errata (2012).
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Updated Submittals: Keep the Commissioning Authority informed of all changes to control system documentation made during programming and setup; revise and resubmit when substantial changes are made.
B. Startup Reports, Prefunctional Checklists, and Trend Logs: Submit for approval of Commissioning Authority.
C. HVAC Control System O&M Manual Requirements. In addition to documentation specified elsewhere, compile and organize at minimum the following data on the control system:
1. Specific step-by-step instructions on how to perform and apply all functions, features, modes, etc. mentioned in the controls training sections of this specification and other features of this system. Provide an index and clear table of contents. Include the detailed technical manual for programming and customizing control loops and algorithms.
2. Full as-built set of control drawings.
3. Full as-built sequence of operations for each piece of equipment.
4. Full points list; in addition to the information on the original points list submittal, include a listing of all rooms with the following information for each room:
a. Floor.
b. Room number.
c. Room name.
d. Air handler unit ID.
e. Reference drawing number.
f. Air terminal unit tag ID.
g. Heating and/or cooling valve tag ID.
h. Minimum air flow rate.
i. Maximum air flow rate.
5. Full print out of all schedules and set points after testing and acceptance of the system.
6. Full as-built print out of software program.
7. Electronic copy on disk of the entire program for this facility.
8. Marking of all system sensors and thermostats on the as-built floor plan and HVAC drawings with their control system designations.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 140 of 172
9. Maintenance instructions, including sensor calibration requirements and methods by sensor type, etc.
10. Control equipment component submittals, parts lists, etc.
11. Warranty requirements.
12. Copies of all checkout tests and calibrations performed by the Contractor (not commissioning tests).
13. Organize and subdivide the manual with permanently labeled tabs for each of the following data in the given order:
a. Sequences of operation.
b. Control drawings.
c. Points lists.
d. Controller and/or module data.
e. Thermostats and timers.
f. Sensors and DP switches.
g. Valves and valve actuators.
h. Dampers and damper actuators.
i. Program setups (software program printouts).
D. Project Record Documents: See Section 017800 for additional requirements.
1. Submit updated version of control system documentation, for inclusion with operation and maintenance data.
2. Show actual locations of all static and differential pressure sensors (air, water and building pressure) and air-flow stations on project record drawings.
E. Draft Training Plan: In addition to requirements specified in Section 017900, include:
1. Follow the recommendations of ASHRAE Guideline 1.1.
2. Control system manufacturer's recommended training.
3. Demonstration and instruction on function and overrides of any local packaged controls not controlled by the HVAC control system.
F. Training Manuals: See Section 017900 for additional requirements.
1. Provide three extra copies of the controls training manuals in a separate manual from the O&M manuals.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT
A. Provide all standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required functional performance testing; unless otherwise noted such testing equipment will NOT become the property of Owner.
B. Equipment-Specific Tools: Where special testing equipment, tools and instruments are specific to a piece of equipment, are only available from the vendor, and are required in order to accomplish startup or Functional Testing, provide such equipment, tools, and instruments as part of the work at no extra cost to Owner; such equipment, tools, and instruments are to become the property of Owner.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Cooperate with the Commissioning Authority in development of the Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test Procedures.
B. Furnish additional information requested by the Commissioning Authority.
C. Prepare a preliminary schedule for HVAC pipe and duct system testing, flushing and cleaning, equipment start-up and testing, adjusting, and balancing start and completion for use by the Commissioning Authority; update the schedule as appropriate.
D. Notify the Commissioning Authority when pipe and duct system testing, flushing, cleaning, startup of each piece of equipment and testing, adjusting, and balancing will occur; when commissioning activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction notify ahead of time and be proactive in seeing that the Commissioning Authority has the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 141 of 172
E. Put all HVAC equipment and systems into operation and continue operation during each working day of testing, adjusting, and balancing and commissioning, as required.
F. Provide test holes in ducts and plenums where directed to allow air measurements and air balancing; close with an approved plug.
G. Provide temperature and pressure taps in accordance with Contract Documents.
3.02 INSPECTING AND TESTING - GENERAL
A. Submit startup plans, startup reports, and Prefunctional Checklists for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned.
B. Perform the Functional Tests directed by the Commissioning Authority for each item of equipment or other assembly to be commissioned.
C. Provide two-way radios for use during the testing.
D. Valve/Damper Stroke Setup and Check:
1. For all valve/damper actuator positions checked, verify the actual position against the control system readout.
2. Set pump/fan to normal operating mode.
3. Command valve/damper closed; visually verify that valve/damper is closed and adjust output zero signal as required.
4. Command valve/damper open; verify position is full open and adjust output signal as required.
5. Command valve/damper to a few intermediate positions.
6. If actual valve/damper position does not reasonably correspond, replace actuator or add pilot positioner (for pneumatics).
E. Isolation Valve or System Valve Leak Check: For valves not by coils.
1. With full pressure in the system, command valve closed.
2. Use an ultra-sonic flow meter to detect flow or leakage.
F. Deficiencies: Correct deficiencies and re-inspect or re-test, as applicable, at no extra cost to Owner.
3.03 TAB COORDINATION
A. TAB: Testing, adjusting, and balancing of HVAC.
B. Coordinate commissioning schedule with TAB schedule.
C. Review the TAB plan to determine the capabilities of the control system toward completing TAB.
D. Provide all necessary unique instruments and instruct the TAB technicians in their use; such as handheld control system interface for setting terminal unit boxes, etc.
E. Have all required Prefunctional Checklists, calibrations, startup and component Functional Tests of the system completed and approved by the Commissioning Authority prior to starting TAB.
F. Provide a qualified control system technician to operate the controls to assist the TAB technicians or provide sufficient training for the TAB technicians to operate the system without assistance.
3.04 CONTROL SYSTEM FUNCTIONAL TESTING
A. Prefunctional Checklists for control system components will require a signed and dated certification that all system programming is complete as required to accomplish the requirements of Contract Documents and the detailed Sequences of Operation documentation submittal.
B. Do not start Functional Testing until all controlled components have themselves been successfully Functionally Tested in accordance with Contract Documents.
C. Using a skilled technician who is familiar with this building, execute the Functional Testing of the control system as required by the Commissioning Authority.
D. Functional Testing of the control system constitutes demonstration and trend logging of control points monitored by the control system.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 142 of 172
1. The scope of trend logging is partially specified; trend log up to 50 percent more points than specified at no extra cost to Owner.
2. Perform all trend logging specified in Prefunctional Checklists and Functional Test procedures.
E. Functionally Test integral or stand-alone controls in conjunction with the Functional Tests of the equipment they are attached to, including any interlocks with other equipment or systems; further testing during control system Functional Test is not required unless specifically indicated below.
F. Demonstrate the following to the Commissioning Authority during testing of controlled equipment; coordinate with commissioning of equipment.
1. Setpoint changing features and functions.
2. Sensor calibrations.
G. Demonstrate to the Commissioning Authority:
1. That all specified functions and features are set up, debugged and fully operable.
2. That scheduling features are fully functional and setup, including holidays.
3. That all graphic screens and value readouts are completed.
4. Correct date and time setting in central computer.
5. That field panels read the same time as the central computer; sample 10 percent of field panels; if any of those fail, sample another 10 percent; if any of those fail test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner.
6. Functionality of field panels using local operator keypads and local ports (plug-ins) using portable computer/keypad; demonstrate 100 percent of panels and 10 percent of ports; if any ports fail, sample another 10 percent; if any of those fail, test all remaining units at no extra cost to Owner.
7. Power failure and battery backup and power-up restart functions.
8. Global commands features.
9. Security and access codes.
10. Occupant over-rides (manual, telephone, key, keypad, etc.).
11. O&M schedules and alarms.
12. Occupancy sensors and controls.
13. All control strategies and sequences not tested during controlled equipment testing.
H. If the control system, integral control components, or related equipment do not respond to changing conditions and parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to acceptable operating practice, under any of the conditions, sequences, or modes tested, correct all systems, equipment, components, and software required at no additional cost to Owner.
3.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. See Section 017800 for additional requirements.
B. Add design intent documentation furnished by Architect to manuals prior to submission to Owner.
C. Submit manuals related to items that were commissioned to Commissioning Authority for review; make changes recommended by Commissioning Authority.
D. Commissioning Authority will add commissioning records to manuals after submission to Owner.
3.06 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
A. See Section 017900 for additional requirements.
B. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of HVAC system to Owner' personnel; if during any demonstration, the system fails to perform in accordance with the information included in the O&M manual, stop demonstration, repair or adjust, and repeat demonstration. Demonstrations may be combined with training sessions if appropriate.
C. These demonstrations are in addition to, and not a substitute for, Prefunctional Checklists and demonstrations to the Commissioning Authority during Functional Testing.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 143 of 172
D. Provide classroom and hands-on training of Owner's designated personnel on operation and maintenance of the HVAC system, control system, and all equipment items indicated to be commissioned. Provide the following minimum durations of training:
E. TAB Review: Instruct Owner's personnel for minimum [____] hours, after completion of TAB, on the following:
1. Review final TAB report, explaining the layout and meanings of each data type.
2. Discuss any outstanding deficient items in control, ducting or design that may affect the proper delivery of air or water.
3. Identify and discuss any terminal units, duct runs, diffusers, coils, fans and pumps that are close to or are not meeting their design capacity.
4. Discuss any temporary settings and steps to finalize them for any areas that are not finished.
5. Other salient information that may be useful for facility operations, relative to TAB.
F. HVAC Control System Training: Perform training in at least three phases:
1. Phase 1 - Basic Control System: Provide minimum of [____] hours of actual training on the control system itself. Upon completion of training, each attendee, using appropriate documentation, should be able to perform elementary operations and describe general hardware architecture and functionality of the system. a. This training may be held on-site or at the manufacturer's facility. b. If held off-site, the training may occur prior to final completion of the system installation.
c. For off-site training, Contractor shall pay expenses of up to two attendees.
2. Phase 2 - Integrating with HVAC Systems: Provide minimum of [____] hours of onsite, hands-on training after completion of Functional Testing. Include instruction on:
a. The specific hardware configuration of installed systems in this facility and specific instruction for operating the installed system, including interfaces with other systems, if any.
b. Security levels, alarms, system start-up, shut-down, power outage and restart routines, changing setpoints and alarms and other typical changed parameters, overrides, freeze protection, manual operation of equipment, optional control strategies that can be considered, energy savings strategies and set points that if changed will adversely affect energy consumption, energy accounting, procedures for obtaining vendor assistance, etc.
c. Trend logging and monitoring features (values, change of state, totalization, etc.), including setting up, executing, downloading, viewing both tabular and graphically and printing trends; provide practice in setting up trend logging and monitoring during training session.
d. Every display screen, allowing time for questions.
e. Point database entry and modifications.
3. Phase 3 - Post-Occupancy: Six months after occupancy conduct minimum of [____] hours of training. Tailor training session to questions and topics solicited beforehand from Owner. Also be prepared to address topics brought up and answer questions concerning operation of the system.
G. Provide the services of manufacturer representatives to assist instructors where necessary.
H. Provide the services of the HVAC controls instructor at other training sessions, when requested, to discuss the interaction of the controls system as it relates to the equipment being discussed.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 144 of 172
SECTION 26 05 00
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes grounding electrodes and conductors; bonding methods and materials; conduit and equipment supports, anchors and fasteners; and nameplates and wire markers.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Grounding systems use metal underground pipe and driven ground rod as grounding electrodes. Grounding system connections use mechanical fasteners, exothermic welds.
B. Select materials, sizes, and types of anchors, fasteners, and supports to carry loads of equipment and raceway, including weight of wire and cable in raceway. Anchor and fasten electrical products to building elements and finishes as follows:
1. Concrete Structural Elements: Expansion anchors.
2. Sheet Metal: Sheet metal screws.
3. Wood Elements: Wood screws.
C. Identify Electrical components as follows:
1. Nameplate for each electrical distribution and control equipment enclosure.
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s catalog data for grounding electrodes and connections; for fastening components; and nameplates, labels, and markers.
1.4 NAMEPLATES
A. Product Description: Engraved three-layer laminated plastic nameplate, black letters on white background.
B. Letter Size:
1. 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment and loads.
2. 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and loads.
1.5 WIRE MARKERS
A. Product Description: Cloth tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire markers with circuit or control wire number permanently stamped or printed.
PART 2 EXECUTION
2.1 EXISTING WORK
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings scheduled for removal.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 145 of 172
B. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction.
C. When performing work on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced and trained in similar operations.
D. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
2.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install rod electrodes at locations indicated.
B. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel members.
C. Install sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions.
D. Install nameplate parallel to equipment lines. Secure nameplate to equipment front using screws or rivets.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 146 of 172
SECTION 260505
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ELECTRICAL
PART 3 EXECUTION
1.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities.
B. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
1.02 PREPARATION
A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings to be removed.
B. Coordinate utility service outages with utility company.
C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations.
D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Minimize outage duration.
1.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction.
B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are not removed.
E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work.
F. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 147 of 172
SECTION 260519
LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 CONDUCTOR AND CABLE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, etc. as required for a complete operating system.
D. Comply with NEMA WC 70.
E. Thermoplastic-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL
83. F. Thermoset-Insulated Conductors and Cables: Listed and labeled as complying with UL 44.
G. Conductor Material:
1. Copper Conductors: Soft drawn annealed, 98 percent conductivity, uncoated copper conductors complying with ASTM B3, ASTM B8, or ASTM B787/B787M unless otherwise indicated.
2. Tinned Copper Conductors: Comply with ASTM B33.
H. Conductor Color Coding:
1. Color code conductors as indicated unless otherwise required by the authority having jurisdiction. Maintain consistent color coding throughout project.
2. Color Coding Method: Integrally colored insulation.
3. Color Code:
a. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green.
1.02 WIRING CONNECTORS
A. Description: Wiring connectors appropriate for the application, suitable for use with the conductors to be connected, and listed as complying with UL 486A-486B or UL 486C as applicable.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 148 of 172
SECTION 260526
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 GROUNDING AND BONDING REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required components, conductors, connectors, conduit, boxes, fittings, supports, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete grounding and bonding system.
C. Where conductor size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
1.02 GROUNDING AND BONDING COMPONENTS
A. General Requirements:
1. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
2. Provide products listed and labeled as complying with UL 467 where applicable.
B. Conductors for Grounding and Bonding, in Addition to Requirements of Section 260526:
1. Use insulated copper conductors unless otherwise indicated. a. Exceptions:
1) Use bare copper conductors where installed underground in direct contact with earth.
2) Use bare copper conductors where directly encased in concrete (not in raceway).
C. Connectors for Grounding and Bonding:
1. Description: Connectors appropriate for the application and suitable for the conductors and items to be connected; listed and labeled as complying with UL 467.
2. Unless otherwise indicated, use exothermic welded connections for underground, concealed and other inaccessible connections.
3. Unless otherwise indicated, use mechanical connectors, compression connectors, or exothermic welded connections for accessible connections.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 149 of 172
SECTION 26 05 29
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Conduit supports.
2. Formed steel channel.
3. Spring steel clips.
4. Sleeves.
5. Mechanical sleeve seals.
6. Firestopping relating to electrical work.
7. Firestopping accessories.
8. Equipment bases and supports.
B. Drawings: See electrical drawings and Details
1.2 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E814 - Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops.
2. ASTM E1966 - Standard Test Method for Fire-Resistive Joint Systems.
B. FM Global:
1. FM - Approval Guide, A Guide to Equipment, Materials & Services Approved By Factory Mutual Research For Property Conservation.
C. National Fire Protection Association:
1. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code.
D. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:
1. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.
2. UL 723 - Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
3. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops.
4. UL 2079 - Tests for Fire Resistance of Building Joint Systems.
5. UL - Fire Resistance Directory.
E. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):
1. WH - Certification Listings.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Firestopping (Through-Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 150 of 172
1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263, UL 1479 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction, but not less than 1 hour fire rating.
B. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components.
1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Firestopping: Conform to [applicable code] [FM] [UL] [WH] for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Requirements for submittals.
B. Shop Drawings: Indicate system layout with location and detail of trapeze hangers.
C. Product Data:
1. Hangers and Supports: Submit manufacturers catalog data including load capacity.
2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria.
D. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions:
1. Hangers and Supports: Submit special procedures and assembly of components.
2. Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions.
F. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements.
G. Engineering Judgements: For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs, submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements.
1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1- hour.
2. Floor and Roof Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour.
a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required.
B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non-Fire Rated Floor and Roof Assemblies:
Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion.
1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories.
2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 151 of 172
C. Fire Resistant Joints in Fire Rated Floor, Roof, and Wall Assemblies: ASTM E1966 or UL 2079 to achieve fire resistant rating as indicated on Drawings for assembly in which joint is installed.
D. Maintain one copy of each document on site.
1.8 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years’ experience.
B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 3 years’ experience .
1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Requirements for transporting, handling, storing, and protecting products.
B. Accept materials on site in original factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's identification.
C. Protect from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water, chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original packaging.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A. Hanger Rods: Threaded high tensile strength galvanized carbon steel with free running threads.
B. Beam Clamps: Malleable Iron, with tapered hole in base and back to accept either bolt or hanger rod. Set screw: hardened steel.
C. Conduit clamps for trapeze hangers: Galvanized steel, notched to fit trapeze with single bolt to tighten.
D. Conduit clamps - general purpose: One hole malleable iron for surface mounted conduits.
E. Cable Ties: High strength nylon temperature rated to 185 degrees F . Self locking.
2.2 MECHANICAL SLEEVE SEALS
A. Product Description: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between object and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates causing rubber sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.
B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 152 of 172
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verification of existing conditions before starting work.
B. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves.
C. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material.
B. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond.
C. Obtain permission from before using powder-actuated anchors.
D. Do not drill or cut structural members.
E. Obtain permission from Architect/Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members.
3.3 INSTALLATION - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Anchors and Fasteners:
1. Concrete Structural Elements: Provide, expansion anchors, powder actuated anchors and preset inserts.
2. Concrete Surfaces: Provide expansion anchors.
3. Hollow Masonry, Plaster, and Gypsum Board Partitions: Provide toggle bolts and hollow wall fasteners.
4. Solid Masonry Walls: Provide expansion anchors and preset inserts.
5. Sheet Metal: Provide sheet metal screws.
6. Wood Elements: Provide wood screws.
B. Install conduit and raceway support and spacing in accordance with NEC.
C. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or conduit.
D. Install multiple conduit runs on common hangers.
E. Supports:
1. Fabricate supports from structural steel or formed steel channel. Install hexagon head bolts to present neat appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Install spring lock washers under nuts.
2. Install surface mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four anchors.
3. In wet and damp locations install steel channel supports to stand cabinets and panelboards 1 inch off wall.
4. Support vertical conduit at every floor.
3.4 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING
A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 153 of 172
B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings.
C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating.
D. Fire Rated Surface:
1. Seal opening at floor, wall, partition, ceiling, and roof as follows:
a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element.
b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element.
c. Pack void with backing material.
d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated.
2. Where cable tray, bus, cable bus, conduit, wireway, trough penetrates fire rated surface, install firestopping product in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
E. Non-Rated Surfaces:
1. Seal opening through non-fire rated openings as follows:
a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element.
b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element.
c. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer.
2. Install escutcheons where conduit, penetrates non-fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling.
3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical seal to size of conduit and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
4. Interior partitions: Seal pipe penetrations at hospital spaces, computer rooms, telecommunication rooms, data rooms. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit.
3.5 INSTALLATION - EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide housekeeping pads of concrete, minimum 3-1/2 inches thick and extending 6 inches beyond supported.
B. Using templates furnished with equipment, install anchor bolts, and accessories for mounting and anchoring equipment.
C. Construct supports of steel members, formed steel channel. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure.
3.6 INSTALLATION - SLEEVES
A. Exterior watertight entries: Seal with adjustable interlocking rubber links.
B. Conduit penetrations not required to be watertight: Sleeve and fill with silicon foam.
C. Set sleeves in position in forms. Provide reinforcing around sleeves.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 154 of 172
D. Size sleeves large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and contraction.
Provide for continuous insulation wrapping.
E. Extend sleeves through floors 1inch above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves.
F. Where conduit or raceway penetrates floor, ceiling, or wall, close off space between conduit or raceway and adjacent work with stuffing, fire stopping insulation and caulk airtight. Provide close fitting metal collar or escutcheon covers at both sides of penetration.
G. Install chrome plated steel escutcheons at finished surfaces.
3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspecting, testing, adjusting, and balancing.
B. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule.
3.8 CLEANING
A. Requirements for cleaning.
B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.
3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Requirements for protecting finished Work.
B. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 155 of 172
SECTION 260533.13
CONDUIT FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 156 of 172
SECTION 260533.16
BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 BOXES
A. General Requirements:
1. Do not use boxes and associated accessories for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
2. Provide all boxes, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system and to accommodate devices and equipment to be installed.
3. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
4. Where box size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
5. Provide grounding terminals within boxes where equipment grounding conductors terminate.
B. Outlet and Device Boxes Up to 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm), Including Those Used as Junction and Pull Boxes:
1. Use sheet-steel boxes for dry locations unless otherwise indicated or required.
2. Use raised covers suitable for the type of wall construction and device configuration where required.
3. Use shallow boxes where required by the type of wall construction.
4. Do not use "through-wall" boxes designed for access from both sides of wall.
5. Sheet-Steel Boxes: Comply with NEMA OS 1, and list and label as complying with UL 514A.
6. Boxes for Supporting Luminaires and Ceiling Fans: Listed as suitable for the type and weight of load to be supported; furnished with fixture stud to accommodate mounting of luminaire where required.
7. Boxes for Ganged Devices: Use multigang boxes of single-piece construction. Do not use field-connected gangable boxes unless specifically indicated or permitted.
8. Wall Plates: Comply with Section 262726.
C. Cabinets and Enclosures, Including Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm):
1. Comply with NEMA 250, and list and label as complying with UL 50 and UL 50E, or UL 508A.
2. NEMA 250 Environment Type, Unless Otherwise Indicated:
3. Junction and Pull Boxes Larger Than 100 cubic inches (1,650 cu cm):
a. Provide screw-cover or hinged-cover enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 157 of 172
SECTION 260533.23
SURFACE RACEWAYS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 RACEWAY REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide all components, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system.
B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Do not use raceways for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 158 of 172
SECTION 260553
IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
A. Identification for Equipment:
1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components.
2. Available Fault Current Documentation: Use identification label to identify the available fault current and date calculations were performed at locations requiring documentation by NFPA 70 including but not limited to the following. a. Service equipment.
b. Industrial control panels.
c. Motor control centers.
d. Elevator control panels.
e. Industrial machinery.
B. Identification for Conductors and Cables:
1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 260519.
2. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system.
1.02 IDENTIFICATION NAMEPLATES AND LABELS
A. Identification Nameplates:
1. Materials:
B. Identification Labels:
1. Materials: Use self-adhesive laminated plastic labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant.
2. Text: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed text. Do not use handwritten text unless otherwise indicated.
1.03 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS
A. Comply with ANSI Z535.2 or ANSI Z535.4 as applicable.
B. Warning Signs:
1. Materials:
2. Minimum Size: 7 by 10 inches (178 by 254 mm) unless otherwise indicated.
C. Warning Labels:
1. Materials: Use factory pre-printed or machine-printed self-adhesive polyester or selfadhesive vinyl labels; UV, chemical, water, heat, and abrasion resistant; produced using materials recognized to UL 969.
2. Machine-Printed Labels: Use thermal transfer process printing machines and accessories recommended by label manufacturer.
3. Minimum Size: 2 by 4 inches (51 mm by 102 mm) unless otherwise indicated.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 159 of 172
SECTION 260923
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
PART 2 PRODUCTS
1.01 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
B. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, wiring, connectors, hardware, components, accessories, etc. as required for a complete operating system.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 160 of 172
SECTION 26 50 00
LIGHTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes interior luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and accessories.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit dimensions, ratings, and performance data.
B. Samples: Submit two color chips 3 x 3 inch in size illustrating luminaire finish color as indicated on Drawings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 LUMINAIRES
A. Product Description: Complete luminaire assemblies, with features, options, and accessories as indicated on Drawings.
B. Substitutions: Permitted with Equal Approved.
C. Electrical Connection: 6-foot cord with plug cap, NEMA WD 6, Type 5-15 configuration.
D. Input Voltage: 120 volts.
2.2 INCANDESCENT LAMPS
A. Manufacturers:
1. Mercer 52”.
2. Substitutions: Permitted with Equal Approved.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXISTING WORK
A. Disconnect and remove abandoned luminaires, lamps, poles, and accessories.
B. Clean and repair existing luminaires to remain or to be reinstalled.
C. Replace all interior and exterior light bulbs with new LED bulbs.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install suspended luminaires using pendants supported from swivel hangers.
B. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on Drawings.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 161 of 172
C. Install surface mounted ceiling luminaires plumb and adjust to align with building lines and with each other. Secure to prevent movement.
3.3 ADJUSTING
A. Aim and adjust luminaires.
B. Relamp luminaires, lighting units, and exit signs with failed lamps at Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 162 of 172
SECTION 265100
INTERIOR LIGHTING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Interior luminaires.
B. Exit signs.
C. Lamps.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. Section 260529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems.
B. Section 260533.16 - Boxes for Electrical Systems.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. ANSI C82.4 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts - Ballasts for High-IntensityDischarge and Low-Pressure Sodium Lamps 2017.
B. ANSI C82.11 - American National Standard for Lamp Ballasts - High Frequency Fluorescent Lamp Ballasts 2017.
C. IES LM-63 - IESNA Standard File Format for Electronic Transfer of Photometric Data and Related Information 2002 (Reaffirmed 2008).
D. IES LM-80 - Approved Method: Measuring Luminous Flux and Color Maintenance of LED Packages, Arrays, and Modules 2019.
E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction 2015.
F. NECA/IESNA 500 - Standard for Installing Indoor Lighting Systems 2006.
G. NECA/IESNA 502 - Standard for Installing Industrial Lighting Systems 2006.
H. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
I. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
J. UL 924 - Emergency Lighting and Power Equipment Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
K. UL 935 - Fluorescent-Lamp Ballasts Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
L. UL 1598 - Luminaires Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. See Section 013000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
B. Shop Drawings:
1. Indicate dimensions and components for each luminaire that is not a standard product of the manufacturer.
2. Provide photometric calculations where luminaires are proposed for substitution upon request.
C. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets including detailed information on luminaire construction, dimensions, ratings, finishes, mounting requirements, listings, service conditions, photometric performance, installed accessories, and ceiling compatibility; include model number nomenclature clearly marked with all proposed features.
1. LED Luminaires:
a. Include estimated useful life, calculated based on IES LM-80 test data.
2. Provide electronic files of photometric data certified by a National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) lab or independent testing agency in IES LM-63 standard format upon request.
3. Ballasts: Include wiring diagrams and list of compatible lamp configurations.
4. Lamps: Include rated life, color temperature, color rendering index (CRI), and initial and mean lumen output.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 163 of 172
5. LED Retrofit Luminaire Conversion Kits: Include list of compatible luminaires and/or criteria for compatibility.
D. Sustainable Design Documentation: Submit manufacturer's product data on lamp mercury content and rated lamp life, showing compliance with specified requirements.
E. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use stipulated by product testing agency. Include instructions for storage, handling, protection, examination, preparation, and installation of product.
F. Operation and Maintenance Data: Instructions for each product including information on replacement parts.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Maintain at the project site a copy of each referenced document that prescribes execution requirements.
C. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience.
D. Product Listing Organization Qualifications: An organization recognized by OSHA as a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION
A. Receive, handle, and store products according to NECA/IESNA 500 (commercial lighting), NECA/IESNA 502 (industrial lighting), and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Keep products in original manufacturer's packaging and protect from damage until ready for installation.
1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Maintain field conditions within manufacturer's required service conditions during and after installation.
1.08 WARRANTY
A. See Section 017800 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements.
B. Provide three year manufacturer warranty for LED luminaires, including drivers.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A. Furnish products as indicated in luminaire schedule included on the drawings.
B. Substitutions: See Section 016000 - Product Requirements.
2.02 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A. Furnish products as specified below.
2.03 LUMINAIRES
A. Provide products that comply with requirements of NFPA 70.
B. Provide products that are listed and labeled as complying with UL 1598, where applicable.
C. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
D. Unless otherwise indicated, provide complete luminaires including lamp(s) and all sockets, ballasts, reflectors, lenses, housings and other components required to position, energize and protect the lamp and distribute the light.
E. Unless specifically indicated to be excluded, provide all required conduit, boxes, wiring, connectors, hardware, supports, trims, accessories, etc. as necessary for a complete operating system.
F. Provide products suitable to withstand normal handling, installation, and service without any damage, distortion, corrosion, fading, discoloring, etc.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 164 of 172
2.04 EXIT SIGNS
A. Description: Exit signs complying with NFPA 101 and applicable state and local codes, and listed and labeled as complying with UL 924.
1. Number of Faces: Single- or double-face as indicated or as required for installed location.
2. Directional Arrows: As indicated or as required for installed location.
2.05 LAMPS
A. Lamps - General Requirements:
1. Unless explicitly excluded, provide new, compatible, operable lamps in each luminaire.
2. Verify compatibility of specified lamps with luminaires to be installed. Where lamps are not specified, provide lamps per luminaire manufacturer's recommendations.
3. Minimum Efficiency: Provide lamps complying with all current applicable federal and state lamp efficiency standards.
4. Color Temperature Consistency: Unless otherwise indicated, for each type of lamp furnish products which are consistent in perceived color temperature. Replace lamps that are determined by the Architect to be inconsistent in perceived color temperature.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that field measurements are as indicated.
B. Verify that outlet boxes are installed in proper locations and at proper mounting heights and are properly sized to accommodate conductors in accordance with NFPA 70.
C. Verify that suitable support frames are installed where required.
D. Verify that branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready for connection to luminaires.
E. Verify that conditions are satisfactory for installation prior to starting work.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with finished surface.
B. Clean dirt, debris, plaster, and other foreign materials from outlet boxes.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes provided under Section 260533.16 as required for installation of luminaires provided under this section.
B. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Install luminaires securely, in a neat and workmanlike manner, as specified in NECA 500 (commercial lighting) and NECA 502 (industrial lighting).
D. Provide required support and attachment in accordance with Section 260529.
E. Install luminaires plumb and square and aligned with building lines and with adjacent luminaires.
F. Install accessories furnished with each luminaire.
G. Bond products and metal accessories to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor.
H. Exit Signs:
I. Install lamps in each luminaire.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed luminaires from subsequent construction operations.
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 165 of 172
SECTION 284600
FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fire alarm system design and installation, including all components, wiring, and conduit.
B. Transmitters for communication with supervising station.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
B. NFPA 72 - National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code Most Recent Edition Cited by Referring Code or Reference Standard.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
2.02 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
A. Supervising Stations and Fire Department Connections:
1. Public Fire Department Notification: By on-premises supervising station.
2. On-Premises Supervising Station: Existing proprietary station operated by Owner, located at [______].
3. Means of Transmission to On-Premises Supervising Station: Directly connected noncoded system.
B. Power Sources:
1. Primary: Dedicated branch circuits of the facility power distribution system.
2. Secondary: Storage batteries.
3. Capacity: Sufficient to operate entire system for period specified by NFPA 72.
4. Each Computer System: Provide uninterruptible power supply (UPS).
2.03 FIRE SAFETY SYSTEMS INTERFACES
A. Supervision: Provide supervisory signals in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following:
B. Alarm: Provide alarm initiation in accordance with NFPA 72 for the following:
2.04 COMPONENTS
A. General:
1. Provide flush mounted units where installed in finish areas; in unfinished areas, surface mounted unit are acceptable.
2. Provide legible, permanent labels for each control device, using identification used in operation and maintenance data.
B. Fire Alarm Control Units: Analog, addressable type; listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended.
C. Master Control Unit: As specified for Basis of Design above, or equivalent.
D. Initiating Devices:
1. Addressable Systems:
a. Addressable Devices: Individually identifiable by addressable fire alarm control unit.
b. Provide suitable addressable interface modules as indicated or as required for connection to conventional (non-addressable) devices and other components that provide a dry closure output.
2. Smoke Detectors: Provide combination Smoke and Carbon monoxide detectors to replace all existing smoke detectors. Type to be Kidde or equal approved to be decided by owner..
3. Provide submittals to Owner.
E. Notification Appliances:
F. Circuit Conductors: Copper or optical fiber; provide 200 feet (60 m) extra; color code and label.
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 166 of 172
G. Surge Protection: In accordance with IEEE C62.41.2 category B combination waveform and NFPA 70; except for optical fiber conductors.
H. Locks and Keys: Deliver keys to Owner.
I. Instruction Charts: Printed instruction chart for operators, showing steps to be taken when a signal is received (normal, alarm, supervisory, and trouble); easily readable from normal operator's station.
1. Frame: Stainless steel or aluminum with polycarbonate or glass cover.
2. Provide one for each control unit where operations are to be performed.
3. Obtain approval of Owner prior to mounting; mount in location acceptable to Owner.
4. Provide extra copy with operation and maintenance data submittal.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accordance with applicable codes, NFPA 72, NFPA 70, and Contract Documents.
B. Conceal all wiring, conduit, boxes, and supports where installed in finished areas.
C. Obtain Owner's approval of locations of devices, before installation.
D. Install instruction cards and labels.
3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR COMPLETION
A. Notify Owner 7 days prior to beginning completion inspections and tests.
B. Notify authorities having jurisdiction and comply with their requirements for scheduling inspections and tests and for observation by their personnel.
C. Provide the services of the installer's supervisor or person with equivalent qualifications to supervise inspection and testing, correction, and adjustments.
D. Prepare for testing by ensuring that all work is complete and correct; perform preliminary tests as required.
E. Provide all tools, software, and supplies required to accomplish inspection and testing.
F. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local authorities; document each inspection and test.
G. Correct defective work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system complies with Contract Documents.
3.03 CLOSEOUT
A. Closeout Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of all functions to Owner.
1. Be prepared to conduct any of the required tests.
2. Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data, preliminary copy of project record drawings, input/output matrix, and operator instruction chart(s) available during demonstration.
3. Have authorized technical representative of control unit manufacturer present during demonstration.
4. Demonstration may be combined with inspection and testing required by authority having jurisdiction; notify authority having jurisdiction in time to schedule demonstration.
5. Repeat demonstration until successful.
END OF SECTION 284600
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of CoronaPage Page 167 of 172
SECTION 32 90 00
PLANTING
INFORMATION ONLY
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Preparation of soil and fertilizer.
2. Placement of plant life.
3. Seeding.
4. Sodding.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit list of plant material sources, data for fertilizer and other accessories.
B. Submit minimum 10 oz sample of topsoil proposed. Forward sample to testing laboratory in sealed containers to prevent contamination.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include pruning objectives, types and methods; [types, application frequency, and recommended coverage of fertilizer etc.
1.4 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Nursery: Company specializing in growing and cultivating plant life specified in this section.
B. Sod Producer: Company specializing in sod production and harvesting.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GRASS
A. Seed Mixture:
1. Merion Blue Grass: [________] percent.
2. Kentucky Blue Grass: [________] percent.
3. Creeping Red Fescue Grass: [________] percent.
4. Streambark Wheat: [________] percent.
5. Red Top: [________] percent.
6. Norlea Perennial Rye: [________] percent.
7. Clover: [________] to [________] percent.
****** [OR] ******
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 168 of 172
B. Sod: ASPA [Certified] [Approved] [Nursery grown] [Field grown] [________] grade; cultivated grass sod; with strong fibrous root system.
1. [________] Grass Type: [________] percent.
2. [________] Grass Type: [________] percent.
3. [________] Grass Type: [________] percent.
4. Clover: [________] to [________] percent.
****** [OR] ******
C. Furnish materials in accordance with City of Corona standards.
D. Machine cut sod with minimum 1/2 inch and maximum 1 inch topsoil base.
2.2 TREES, PLANTS, AND GROUND COVER
A. [Trees] [Plants] [and] [Ground Cover]: Species and size identified in Plant Schedule [at end of this section] [as indicated on Drawings], grown in climatic conditions similar to those in locality of the Work.
2.3 SOIL AND SOIL MODIFICATION MATERIALS
******************************************
Include the following article only when topsoil is part of this section. ******************************************
A. Topsoil: [Excavated from site and reused] [imported]. ****** [OR] ******
B. Topsoil: Fertile, agricultural soil, typical for locality, capable of sustaining vigorous plant growth, free of subsoil, clay or impurities, plants, weeds and roots. ******************************************
Include fertilizer only when necessary for topsoil being utilized. ******************************************
C. Fertilizer: Fifty percent of elements derived from organic sources, [to the following proportions: Nitrogen [________] percent, phosphoric acid [________] percent, soluble potash [________] percent].
D. Lime: [Ground limestone, dolomite type, minimum 95 percent carbonates.] [________.] [As required to adjust soil pH.]
2.4 ACCESSORIES
A. Mulching Material: Composted, shredded hardwood bark, dark brown in color. ****** [OR] ******
B. Mulching Material: Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter detrimental to plant life, and dry. Hay or chopped cornstalks are [not] acceptable. ******************************************
Wood pegs and mesh are generally used to help keep sod in place on terrain sloped greater than 1: 2. ******************************************
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 169 of 172
C. Wood Pegs: Softwood, sufficient size and length to anchor sod on slopes.
D. Mesh: Interwoven [metal] [plastic].
E. Edging: [Galvanized steel] [Plastic] [Wood].
F. Herbicide: [________].
G. Pesticide: [________].
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION
******************************************
Include the following paragraph when buried irrigation piping and drainage is associated with this section. ******************************************
A. Verify required underground utilities are in proper location. ******************************************
Include the following only when preparation of subsoil is included in this section. ******************************************
B. Prepare subsoil to eliminate uneven areas. Maintain profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas.
C. Scarify subsoil to depth of 3 inches.
3.2 PLACING TOPSOIL
******************************************
Include this article only when topsoil placement is included in this section. ******************************************
A. Spread topsoil to minimum depth of 4 inches. Rake smooth.
B. Grade topsoil to eliminate rough, low or soft areas. Slope for positive drainage [as indicated on Drawings].
C. Place topsoil into pits and beds intended for plant root balls to minimum thickness of 6 inches.
******************************************
Include the following only when lime and fertilizer are included in this section. ******************************************
D. Apply lime [at rate of [________].]
E. Apply fertilizer [at rate of [________].]
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 170 of 172
3.3 SEEDING
A. [Apply seed] [Hydroseed with seed slurry] at rate of [________] lb per 1000 sq ft evenly in two intersecting directions.
B. Immediately following seeding, apply agricultural mulch to thickness of 1/8 inches.
C. Apply water with fine spray immediately after each area has been mulched.
3.4 LAYING SOD
A. Moisten prepared surface immediately prior to laying sod.
B. Lay sod [immediately on delivery to site] [within [24] [________] hours after harvesting]; with tight [staggered] joints.
******************************************
Include the following paragraph for sloped applications. ******************************************
C. On slopes 1: 2 and steeper, place mesh over top soil, lay sod perpendicular to slope and secure every row with wooden pegs.
D. Water sodded areas immediately after placement.
3.5 PLANTING
A. Set plants in pits or beds partly filled with prepared topsoil mixture. Backfill soil mixture.
B. Saturate soil with water when pit or bed is half full of top soil and again when full.
3.6 MAINTENANCE
******************************************
Include this article when maintenance is required by this section. ******************************************
A. Mow grass at regular intervals to maintain maximum height of 2-1/2 inches. Do not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at each mowing.
B. Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out.
C. Control growth of weeds.
3.7 SCHEDULE - PLANT LIST
******************************************
Include schedule for listing type and locations of various plant life, fertilizer types, or top soil thickness variations. Delete this article when schedule appears on Drawings.
Consider the following examples when developing Project schedule. "T" = Tree; "S" = Shrub; "G" = Ground Cover.
******************************************
A. Plant Schedule:
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 171 of 172
Key Botanical Name Common Name Size Remarks
T-1 Betula Papyrifera Paper Birch Height: 4 - 5 feet Balled &Burlapped T-2 Citrus aurantium Sour Orange Caliper: 3/8 - 1/2
inch
S-1 Juniperus
Chinesis
"Pfitzeriana"
Pfitzer's Juniper Spread: 24 - 30
inches
Balled &Burlapped
S-2 Juniperus Sabina
Tamariscifolia
Tamarix Juniper Spread: 18 - 24
inches
Balled &Burlapped
G-1 Euonymus
Fortunei Cultivars
Winter Creeper Pot: 2-1/4 inch
minimum
Min Runner length
8 inches
G-2 Pachysandra
Terminalis
Japanese Spirge 3 stems
END OF SECTION
Project No.: 75025289
REV: 01/18/2022
Harrison Emergency Shelter - Phase 2
City of Corona
Page Page 172 of 172
-... -0 - -g_ I;; "-,,; ,1 111111 ,11111, %11;
s 't
L.,. .. 1:
1 • ' ....... ~ ..
J ..,'I' "'
f'+' RedWmg i1llll 1ll1111 1!111!1 I Goettl Air Cond11jonlng9 Q Hal'tshorn TV ' and Plumbing SoCal ' and Appliance Artisan at Main Streel 9 - Q City of Corona Metro Apar1ment Homes CNG S1atlon Pep Boys AU10 Q
na Police'
epa11men1 '¼,,._,
~ .. .,,
Trench Shoring ft
Space Storage 9 Company T
11,1,ro .. •11~ u, J
..
!
~
W111rtco,-,St Parts & Service
Lamppost Pizza 0
Main S1reet Brewery ~
PROJECT
..--LOCATION
ft Logos Oeslgn
T Collaborative
Lucas OIi Products, Inc 9 Onen 9
Ganahl Lumber Q .. .,..,..,
,.he Corona Depot Spice 1t Up Halal O ft
Market& Grlll T 9 ~ y
North Main A
Corona Metrolink. T
~ vl'°'Dt ,. Ooubte 00 Nails & Spa "%-
f $
Corona · North Main EJ
@
WinctSt
'"
Riverside Fwy
9 JuS1 Tires
Ca//fom;a 91 f
xpress Lane
• (r 011 road)
•
,.,.,
~
I " "'- Ill • ·•
SITE DATA
APN.
ZONE.
GENERAL PLAN.
LAND USE.
Robenson·s Ready Mix 9
WJrd Sr
Shendan Park
VICINITY MAP
N.T.S.
. 119-290-490
M-1 (LIGHT MANUFACTURING)
LI (LIGHT INDUSTRIAL)
C (COMMERCIAL)
Del Taco f
SITE AREA
SETBACKS:
29,077± S.F. (0.67± ACRES)
FRONT (SHERIDAN) .
STREET SIDE (HARRISON).
STREET SIDE W/ PATIO.
REAR W/ PATIO ...
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
RECORDED BOOK / PAGE: PM 189/44.
PARCEL 1, PARCEL MAP 27662.
. 1 s'-0"
. 15'-Q"
s'-o"
s'-o"
Ferguson 9
Fergus1
& Fabr
~01: ft Animal
""a~ ,,- Center
~O' t!
.. I'
r OWINIIEIR:
CITY OF CORONA
400 ~- Vo©®11111tooa Ave.
Core>i'ilS!, CA 92882
7r ~i~IPl'IC!li'il~ (!3l51) 73(6-2400
Coi'ilttS©t Afts~ IHhlJJ$$80i'il
«si51) 13(6-2..WS
PARKING TABULATION
HOMELESS & EMERGENCY SHELTER:
1 SPACE/STAFF MEMBER OF LARGEST SHIFT, PLUS 1 SPACE/12 BEDS, PLUS 2 GUEST SPACES
STAFF MEMBERS =
56 BEDS / 12 =
GUEST =
16 SPACES REQUIRED
6 SPACES REQUIRED
2 SPACES REQUIRED
TOTAL SPACES REQUIRED . . . . . . . . . 24 SPACES
TOTAL SPACES PROVIDED . . . . . . . . . 11 SPACES
STANDARD SPACES = 6
COMPACT SPACES = 4 SPACES
ADA SPACES= 1 SPACES
PARKING SPACE DEFICIT . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 SPACES
FINAL INSPECTION WILL NOT BE PERFORMED
UNTIL ALL DEFERRED ITEMS ARE RESOLVED
AND APPROVED BY BUILDING OFFICIAL.
11. ,I
11111111111 1111111,;I~
1 '
'
I I
I II ' I I
. 'lj 'I ,
,I 1
' '
I 111111111111 Ill 111111 1
lli1llllilli1l1llil i,II1 II I II li1li -
111 1111 1111 1! 11 111 11 1
420 I!]
' ,,
ADDENDUM #1 -
REVISED SHEETS
CODE ANALYSIS - 2019 CBC
ALL CONSTRUCTION SHALL MEET 2019 CBC, CFC, CPC,
CMC, CEC & Cl1Y ORDINANCES.
EXISTING USE:
HOMELESS SHELTER (B, A-3 & R-1 OCCUP.)
NEW USE:
HOMELESS SHELTER (B, A-3 & R-1 OCCUP.).
NEW WORK:
WEST WING REMODEL (B OCCUP.) .
NEW EXTERIOR CANOPY COVER (U OCCUP.).
.9,064 S.F.
.1,014 S.F.
. 360 S.F.
TOTAL NEW WORK AREA .................... 1,374 S.F.
EXISTING CONSTRUCTION
TYPE V-8. B, A-3 & R-1 OCCUPANCY WITH AUTOMATIC
FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM. EXISTING CONSTRUCTION IS WOOD
& METAL STUD WALLS W/ GYPBD, EXTERIOR STUCCO,
WOOD FRAMING & GAF SHINGLE ROOFING.
PROPOSED NEW WORK
INTERIOR REMODEL OF WEST WING AREA AND NEW EXTERIOR
CANOPY. OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION OF BUILDING STAYS
AS-IS; ND CHANGE.
THE NEW EXTERIOR CANOPY IS CURRENTLY IN THE PLANNING
DEPT UNDER VARIANCE APPLICATION V2021-0001. THE CORONA
PLANNING AND HOUSING COMMISSION APPROVED THE VARIANCE
APPLICATION AND ADOPTED RESOLUTION NO. 2577 ON OCT. 11, 2021. THE CONSTRUCTION TYPE IS V-8.
SHEET INDEX
ARCHITECTURAL
T-1 TITLE, VICINITY MAP & SITE DATA
G-1 GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOLS & ABBREVIATIONS
G-2 EXITING PLAN
D-1 DEMOLITION PLAN
D-1.1 DEMOLITION SLAB PLAN
A-1 SITE PLAN
A-2a OVERALL FLOOR PLAN
A-2 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN - WEST WING
A-2.1 CABINETRY PLAN & ELEVATIONS
A-3 RESTROOM PLAN & INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
A-3.1 EXIST UNISEX #2 PLAN & KITCHEN
A-6 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN - WEST WING
A-7 DETAILS
A-8 DOOR SCHEDULE
MECHANICAL
M-1 ENLARGED MECHANICAL PLAN - WEST WING
PLUMBING
P-1 ENLARGED PLUMBING PLAN - WEST WING
P-2 PLUMBING WATER SIZING CALCS
ELECTRICAL
E-0.1 GENERAL NOTES, SYMBOL LIST AND FIXTURE SCHEDULE
E-0.2 SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM & PANEL SCHEDULE
E-0.3 TITLE 24 COMPLIANCE
E-1.1 ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN
E-2.1 LIGHTING PLAN - WEST WING
E-2.2 POWER PLAN - WEST WING
E-2.3 MECHANICAL POWER PLAN - WEST WING
E-3.1 ELECTRICAL DETAILS
1111, 1111111111,,11,1 '
q 11 ,,
I •
'
I
,i
-·
AIRCIHl!7rlEC7rS/IEINIG!INIIEIEIRS:
PETTIT
17ij7 lfl>omoi'ila !Rdl, Sttie lg
C@l'Ci'ila, CA !3l288c»
l"®i®IPl'iCi'il® {9l51) 138-81(61
SHEET INDEX (CONTINUED)
PATIO COVER SHOP DWGS (11 x 17 PAGES)
NEW PATIO COVER DESIGNED BY DURALUM PRODUCTS, INC.
G0, 1 TITLE SHEET, DESIGN LOADS & GENERAL NOTES
G0,2 IAPMO APPROVAL
SP1 CANOPY SITE PLAN
Sl.3 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: TYPE C
S1 .5 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: TRIBUTARY WIDTH TO BEAMS
S3.1 F SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: FREESTANDING COVERS MAX
SPANS & MIN FASTENERS
S3.2 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: CROSS SECTIONS
S3.3 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: DURAKING AND T6 PAN MAX
SPANS & MIN FASTENERS
S4.1 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: BEAM PROFILES
S4.2 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: BEAM PROFILES
S6.3 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: CONNECTION DETAILS
S7.1 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: FOUNDATION DETAILS
S7.2 SOLID PANEL STRUCTURES: FOUNDATION DETAILS
S8.20, 1 SOLID COVER STRUCTURES: BEAM SPANS & FOUNDATION SIZES 20 PSF LL/SL. 110 MPH
REFERENCE ONLY:
A-0.0 SITE PLAN
A-0.1 FLOOR PLAN
A-4.0 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS
DEFERRED SUBMITTALS:
1 . FIRE SPRINKLERS (AS NEEDED FOR REMODELED
AREA).
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SEPARATE DETAILED FIRE
SPRINKLER PLANS FOR ALTERATIONS FOR REVIEW
AND APPROVAL.
2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.
EXTERIOR RAMP & LANDINGS TO BE UPGRADED TO
ADA COMPLIANCE UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL/
ADDENDUM (TOTAL 4).
s $ s ;;;- ~ N
~ £. ....
"- ;:,- s:'.
0 .-:::. ~ .-:::. en - - C
"
:c
u
z u u u u OU I
C O'. O'. O'. O'. O'. O'.
:;: _J
<(
0 ~ ::;;
_J _J _J ~ ID
:::i
~ ~ <( 1/1
~~ w
ll:'. - - -z
1/) 2 2 2- 0 z z mm m _J
~ 0 0
iii :::J :::J :::J 2 ~ (/) (/) (/) -
"' w w w- I
D:'. D:'. O:'. '11 ~ - >- :::; ~ u ~ ~ f- :::J ::;; lL
0 0 - 0 :::i
0 z 0 ll'.
w z
0 0 Io ~ w
0 z D:'. f- 0 0 N l'J st <( <( u / ,,. ~
..._ ...._
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPHOU, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER[CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLE
TTTlE SHEET, VICINITY MAP
& SITE DATA
DATE aL21 L21
DRAWN RC
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21039
SCALE />S SHOWN
DRAWING No. 21-041
T-1
REV. 06
Rev-1
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022
'V
'V
'V
' TE ' -- = ,.-
~
' TE ' - = , ,.- -
n
'V 'V 'V 'V 'V
'V~
'V 'V 'V 'V 'V
~ 'V 'V
'VO RISER 'V
"' "' "' "' "'
t / ,& f
3'-4" '
4"
STORAGE
f (E) ;:t c= l =:::i
BEDRM (0'1
~
~ a
0 #1 SD I
N co
' 2 4'-4" 1
C
(E)
I E UNISEX #2 \
"
-' ' " - \
E) I
EDRM (E) PNL
I
I
/
LANDING
28 HALLWAY/ /
IEXITI #3 CR b
2'' 2·
2 3'-4" I
I
/
/
E
-
NOTES:
1. SEE SHEET D-1.1 FOR SLAB DEMO
INFORMATION.
2. SEE SHEETS A-2.0a & A-3.1 FOR
ADDITIONAL DEMO ITEMS.
(E)
D 1M
L
. LANDING. · - '(E) SLOPE '
" \ 8.3% MAX
o_
J I ~
,
c..'.)
I
-L()
~ I I cc <D
LD I
ro I
68.5" HIGH PARTITION
SC
~
68.5" HIGH PARTITION
(E) WEST DOR~
I
I
I
I " 9' -6"
-----
----- ~
M
LANDING
DEMOLITION PLAN
1/4"=1·-o·
,,
LANDING
T
F
I
I
I
N
W----E
s
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ill..ll
I
I
I
I
. I
I
C
/
I
I
/
/
-
LEGEND:
--- ---
-----IEXITI
EXIST TO REMAIN
EXISTING TO BE REMOVED
EXIST 1-HR FIRE RATED STUD WALL
EXIST LIGHTED EXIT SIGN
~ EXIST EXIT SIGN W/ EMERGENCY BUG-EYE
WSrrJ LIGHTS
~ EXIST FACILITY
KEY NOTES
0- EXIST EXTERIOR WALL
0- EXIST INTERIOR STUD WALL
0- OUTLINE OF EXIST OVERHANG ABOVE
0- EXIST LANDSCAPE SPRINKLER VALVES
DEMOLITION NOTES
0- EXIST DOOR, HARDWARE & FRAME TO BE REMOVED
~ PORTION OF EXIST STUD WALL TO BE REMOVED TO
ACCOMMODATE FOR NEW DOOR
<$>- EXIST ELECTRICAL SWITCH TO BE RELOCATED PER
ELECT DWGS
<e>- EXIST CARD READER TO BE RELOCATED. SEE
FLOOR PLAN
<t>- PORTION OF EXIST STUD WALL TO BE REMOVED
<f>- EXIST SECURITY CAMERA ON CEILING TO BE RELOCATED.
SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN
<$>- EXIST LIGHT FIXTURE ON CEILING TO BE REMOVED
0--- EXIST SMOKE DETECTOR ON CEILING TO BE
RELOCATED
0--- EXIST GYPBD TO BE REMOVED. PROTECT IN PLACE
EXIST METAL WALL STUDS DURING GYPBD REMOVAL
0- PORTION OF EXIST WALL TO BE REMOVED TO
ACCOMMODATE NEW SPECIMEN PASS-THRU CABINET.
CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE W/ CLIENT FOR EXACT
SIZE PRIOR TO CUTTING
{>- CHANGE EXIST DOOR SWING. CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST
DOOR OPENING TO GIVE NEW DOOR SWING 12" MIN
STRIKE-EDGE CLEARANCE ON PUSH SIDE
0---- PORTION OF EXIST LOW WALL TO BE REMOVED.
CONTRACTOR TO SAVE EXIST STUDS FOR NEW LOCATION
IF POSSIBLE
0--- EXIST SINK TO BE REMOVED & REPLACED WITH NEW
SINK PER PLUMBING DWGS
<e>- EXIST ELECTRICAL OUTLET TO BE RELOCATED AT HIGHER /\ ELEVATION ON SAME WALL PER ELECT DWGS ffi
DEMOLITION NOTES:
1. THE PLANS ON THIS PAGE ARE BASED ON A LIMITED SURVEY OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS SHOWN AND BECOME FAMILIAR WITH SITE CONDITIONS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHAUL DEMOLISH AND REMOVE FROM THE CONSTRUCTION
AREA ELEMENTS WITHIN THE AREA OF THE NEW WORK WHICH ARE NOT A PART OF THE NEW WORK, AND ARE NOT TO BE SAVED.
3. THE CONTRACTOR SHAUL REMOVE, CAP, OR CONCEAL BEHIND FINISHED
SURFACES ANY PROJECTING OR SURFACE MOUNTED ITEMS WHICH ARE NOT A PART OF THE NEW CONDITION.
4. THE CONTRACTOR SHAUL PATCH AND LEVEL THE EXISTING FLOOR SURFACE WHERE DEMOLITION CAUSES UNEVENNESS OR VOIDS.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHAUL PROVIDE SHORING, BRACING, OR OTHER SUPPORT AS REQUIRED DURING DEMOLITION.
6. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES WHICH ARE NOT TO BE DEMOLISHED.
7. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE, ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY BARRIERS
AS REQUIRED FOR SAFETY AND IN ORDER TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE DUST FREE ENVIRONMENT.
8. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES AND UTILITIES WHICH ARE NOT TO BE DEMOLISHED.
9. PREVENT MOVEMENT AND SETTILEMENT OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES, PROVIDE BRACING AND SHORING AS NECESSARY.
10. MARK LOCATION OF UTILITIES.
11. CEASE OPERATIONS IMMEDIATELY IF ADJACENT STRUCTURES APPEAR TO BE IN DANGER. NOTIFY ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING.
12. DO NOT INTERFERE WITH NORMAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES.
13. CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT EXISTING BUILDING COLUMNS & FOOTINGS DURING DEMOLITION.
14. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY "DIG-ALERT" PRIOR TO ANY DIGGING IN THE PUBLIC RIGHT OF WAY. DIAL 811.
~ $ N
~ N
~
~ .-:::. 5
C
"
:c
u
z u u u I
C O'. O'. O'.
:;:
0 <(
_J ~
<(
~ ~ - z
1/) ::;
- z m _J z
0 iii :::J ~ 0 ~ (/) -
"' w ~ f-
(l'. '1 0
>- ::; <(
I- :::J IL
- 0
0 z [
w
IIo 0 ~ st <( 0
/
' ..._
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPHOU, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER/CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLIE
DEMOLITION PLAN
DATE BL19L21
DRAWN RC
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21039
SCALE AS SHOWN
DRAWING No. 21-043
D-1
REV. 03
Rev-1
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022
HARRISON STREET _J
<(
Ct'.
:5 - Ct'.
w
:s:
w ':.,.
29'-1"±
~ EXIST DRIVEWAY
(EX 8" ACP WATER MAIN) ~ I
"'
"'
__ . . . --___ -Ylv T
r ---------'-----+------f"'"---t-----4"---~----'$,'------'---------------------+----+--------------------'=----- - - - - -
2 ESMT
;'ii
• •
. .
. 23'- 2_"±
• • • • •
1.5% \
9 -10
45'-4"±
LEGEND:
EXIST TO REMAIN
EXIST FACILITY
ADA ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL.
CLEAR PATH WITH NO OBSTRUCTIONS
& LEVEL FLOOR SURFACE ENTIRE
PATH. 5% MAX SLOPE & 2% MAX
CROSS SLOPE. MAXIMUM DISTANCE =
138'-o'.
• •
• •
' 0
I
0,
\
2%
2a'-o"
MUTUAL ACCESS EASEMENT
KEY NOTES
(i)- EXIST CURB & GUTTER
G)- EXIST CHAIN LINK FENCE
0- EXIST 9'-0' HIGH SLIDING CHAIN LINK GATE
& TRACK (LOCKED) WITH PRIVACY SLATS
0- EXIST CONC PAVING
0- EXIST 4' -1 Q" HIGH WROUGHT IRON FENCE ON
13" SPLIT FACE BLOCK WALL TOTAL FENCE
HT IS 5' -11 ". WITH PRIVACY MESH,
PERFORATED METAL SHEET PAINTED BLACK
©- EXIST 5'-4' HIGH AUTOMATIC SLIDING WROUGHT
IRON GATE TO REMAIN WITHOUT PRIVACY
SCREEN. AND KNOX 3502 FIRE DEPT KEY
SWITCH 0- EXIST DETECTABLE WARNING DOMES
©- NEW REFLECTORIZED ADA 'VAN" PARKING SIGN.
SEE DETAIL 15/SHT A-7 RAMP NOTES: (n\_ 1. NEW CONCRETE RAMP SHALL STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP RESISTANT V- EXIST UNDERGROUND CLARIFIER FINISH. Q
2. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXIST GRADE ELEVATIONS PRIOR TO ~ EXIST FIRE RISER. UPGRADE FIRE BACKFLOW TO CONSTRUCTION OF NEW RAMP. LEAD-FREE DDC ASSEMBLY PER CITY STD 417
3. NEW WALKWAY CROSS SLOPE TO BE 2% MAX. &@- EXIST GAS METER
4. CONTROL JOINTS FOR WALKWAY TO BE 5'-0" o.c. MAX. ~-
5. ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL S~~LL N,?T EXCEED 1/4". 6 \Sf~
6. LEVEL CHANGES BETWEEN 1 / 4 -1 /2 SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A fiJ\-- EXIST HOSE BIB MINIMUM GRADIENT OF 1 :2 (50% SLOPE). ~
~: ~~l~c'i:H~~~~~ ~ lf J ~~D~~~s s~~IL B~o~E~~i:fo 1 :5o @- Ex1sT v-GUTTER GRADIENT (2%) IN ANY DIRECTION. @- EXIST 6" THK CONC PAD EARTHWORK:
CUT = 0 CUBIC YARDS
FILL = 0 CUBIC YARDS
@- EXIST EXTERIOR LOCKERS ON TOP OF CONC
PAD ®- NEW CANOPY POST PER CANOPY MANUFACTURER
@- OUTILINE OF NEW DURALUM CANOPY OR
APPROVED EQUAL PER CANOPY MANUFACTURER ®- EXIST WROUGHT IRON FENCE & GATE W/ PRIVACY MESH, 1 O' HIGH BOTTOM KICKER PLATE, PANIC
HARDWARE ON INTERIOR SIDE, LATCH, LEVER ON
EXTERIOR SI DE
"WM + ... + + + ... ... + ... + + + + ... + + + ... + + + + + + + ... + + ... + + + + ~ + ... ... + + = + ,., ... ,.. • "' "' • EXIST !i'ARl'tWAV • + "' • • "' "' + + + "' + • + • • + + + "' ,.. !. "' ,.. • + ~ ~ 6 ... + + + + • + + ... + + + + • + + + • + + + • + + + • + + ....... + + + + • + +<D ~ w ~ "' {/J
""
w • {/J
68.5' tt:;H PMTITION ... •
\
@- EXIST 9' -0" HIGH COMMERCIAL GRADE CHAIN
LINK FENCE W/ PRIVACY SLATS ®- EXIST MAILIBOX
@- EXIST REMOVABLE 5' -1 O" HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE,
POSTS & SLEEVED CONC FOOTINGS
@- EXIST 5' -1 O' HIGH COMMERCIAL GRADE CHAIN
LINK FENCE, POSTS & CONC FOOTINGS
@- EXIST 3'-6" WIDE x 5'-10" HIGH CHAIN LINK
GATE WITH HARDWARE
@- EXIST PARKING STRIPING
@-- EXIST BIKE RACK
@- PORTION OF EXIST WROUGHT IRON FENCE WITHOUT
PRIVACY SCREEN
@-- EXIST CONC SLIDING GATE PAD
@- CONTRACTOR TO TRIM TREE BRANCHES. COORDINATE
WITH OWNER
®-- NEW CONC RAMP, SLIP RESISTANT
®- CONTRACTOR TO CONSTRUCT HOLLOW PASS-THRU
FOR STORM DRAINAGE. DO NOT BLOCK OR INTERFERE
WITH EXIST V-GUTTER DRAINAGE ®- NEW 1-1/2"¢ HANDRAIL AT 36" ABOVE RAMP.
USE VERT POSTS @ 6' -0" o.c. MAX
®- 12" HANDRAIL EXTENSION
r;';\ TURN HANDRAIL EXTENSION 90' TO A LENGTH
~ OF 12" ®- EXIST 1-1 /2" WATER METER
®- CONSTRUCT 2" RP BACKFLOW (LEAD FREE) PER
CITY STD 428 ®- NEW 1 "¢ UNDERGROUND CONDUIT TO GATE
38 NEW WARNING STRIP PER DETAIL 16 ON SHT A-7
NOT USED
~
~ ... w
~ ~
w
~
FACILITY
(r & RRISON E CY SHELTER (E) 4" SEW=E~R _
34' -o• (E) PATIO COVER 7" 34' -0" (E) PATIO COVER
:::> . . .. i5 . '•.' . --:- . . . -..
• -!:" 0 -· . . (E). PATIO . . ... . . __ ,
. ·[ _· -
I
I
• E 8.31·.W . .. . ;-.... .
"'"'·• . .,...._.;...,.. ___ .... it, .... ~;,..-,_.,..;_ ....... ~ .... -......ii: .t ,:~ ~~ATIQ • '
"' I
in
I
0 SITE PLAN
3/32'=1'-o"
@- NEW CONC LANDING PER SHT A-2
@- EXIST ADA "UNAUTHORIZED VEHICLES .... .'
PARKING IDENTIFICATION SIGN. SEE DETAIL
19/A-7
-H
•
"' I
"'
-~·::
LINE OF EASEMENT
226'-5"±
@- PLACE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF
ACCESSIBILITY ON (2) LOCKER DOORS
~ 55'-8"±
N
W----E
s
'-' \I ..... I ' I \I \ I \ I r f • I
... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ...
111 ·:·
-H
•
"' I
"'
...
4 1-6 11 43 ·oo
" .. · ...
in
I
LINE OF EASEMENT 0
l;x
NOTES:
1 . CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE ADJACENT PROPERTY IS SECURE
DURING LENGTH OF CONSTRUCTION.
2. THE NEW CANOPY LOCATION WITHIN THE EASEMENT SHALL
BE APPROVED PER VARIANCE V2021-0001.
3. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING BACKFLOW DEVICE
FOR THE DOMESTIC WATER LINE. IF THE EXISTING DEVICE IS
NOT LEAD FREE PER THE LATEST VERSION OF THE USC
LIST OF APPROVED BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES, A
NEW BACKFLOW DEVICE WILL BE REQUIRED TO BE
INSTALLED PER CITY STANDARD NO. 428.
12"
7'-4"
10· -o· ~
. PROPERTY LINE ..
28 27.
b ... V
::,;
~ "" ~ l!a..l~I ''°""' -...---- GATE , z '\.t- -· 1t -~ · 1 :::E'\1
' ;1, w" ·l@: ... I
...
"' ~ ... @-!- ,-H
LINE OF.,EASEMENT
... ... ... ... ... ... . ... 23 E
X - cs-=· =-"
· . 8VER-+f..,tt-1~-".i.
... ...
8"
ESMT
23'-t'±
~ -p ~ _ 17 2'-1"\ \\
N STEP 6_1.
5 ; \ \ ~ Ji j ;j @ ,· o·
-------• ENLARGED
2%
PLAN
1/8'=1·-o·
...
...
...
...
000
000
000
0000
0000
0000
000
000
00 ~ •I
@
- ';'
• !,;:
w ~6'-7 'V
0 ::,; I w <O {/J -~ 'V
i'5
- 'V 'V
i~
-H
•
"'
. ,
··o
-
~\ 4-0"
N l 5•-0~ l
0 " MIN ,
w E
s
16 (E) SLOPE )
UP
39'-Q" 19
LOCKERS, DOUBLE STACKED 12·
•
"' I· 'ix:,
4. IF THE EXISTING DOMESTIC WATER LINE CURRENTLY DOES
NOT HAVE A BACKFLOW DEVICE, A NEW BACKFLOW DEVICE
WILIL BE REQUIRED TO BE INSTALILED PER CITY STANDARD
NO. 428. THE DEVICE SHALL BE LEAD FREE PER THE
LATEST VERSION OF THE USC LIST OF APPROVED
BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLIES.
18'-Q"
15'-4" 12·
~"' j . d 1%
- p \ \
8" \
14 COVER PLAN
3/16"=1'-0"
s $ s ;;;- ~ N
~ £. ....
' ;:,- s:'. en 0 '- ~ '- - - C
"
:c
u
z u u u u OU I
C II'. II'. II'. II'. II'. II'.
:;: _J
0 <( ~ ::;;
_J _J _J ~ ID
:::i
~ ~ <( Ill
~~ w
ll:'. - - -z
1/) 2 2 2- 0 z z mm m _J
~ 0 0
iii :::J :::J :::J 2 ~ (/) (/) (/) -
"' w w w- I f--
O:'. O:'. O:'. '11 -u
~ ~ >- :::; ~ {
f- :::J ::;; lL
0 0 - 0 :::i
0 z 0 ll'.
w z
0 0 Io ~ w
0 z O:'. f- 0 0 N l'J st <( <( u / ,., ~
--- '
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPHOU, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER[CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLE
SITE PLAN
DATE 8/19/21
DRAWN RC
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21039
SCALE AS SHOWN
DRAWING No. 21-044
A-1
REV. 06
Rev-1
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022
WOOD PARTITION OR
PRE NUFACTURED
CUBIC ES AS PROVIDED
1 /o
1 I
---111'-!
STAFF
BEDROOM FAMILY
SLEEPING
ROOM #1
X
~ TYP
(E) PATIO
X
,-H
....
I
"'
COUNTERTOP
FAMILY
SLEEPING
ROOM#2
R 0
r--- I
0)TYP
X _I PROPER17(LINL=. E_ ~ = ,,..
0-'i-.'x----l!F ==~* ====~ "Jt--~ = ~
I
EASEMENT LINE ;.-, ~
r
Ill
~TYP
(E) PATIO
,-H
2 -I
@ @ B "' -·- , .. . _..,
MAIN
OFFICE OFFICE iNw° f~
SITTING ROOM ®
@
'l!i:;;~;;;;:;;;:;;:;;:ip,:::dQ11 ,~.!:4~m'>l!6;~;:===:::!~@ c::=:;-;::::,:c.J © HALL#2 ~
WINDOWS DOOR 001
[)._
®
2" ~
~
Xlr,= - ~.....,,x- ~ =~===~
~ 8
NEW TRIAGE/
ORAL CARE
"'
=====c,:1==::::i@
II I
NEW
DOCTOR'S
OFF.
...!f"'-""-~1,J ~ HALL#4
@ I====~,@ c::===...,=i, I =!1 " Y.
DINNING
ROOM
~ ~I _L
~ I 0
u I T 1--Y ~ .NEW
BEHAVIORAL ®
OFF.
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
\_ _ _j
I I
I I
1 I i·-a·
'
f
DEMOLITION NOTES
0--- EXIST WALL/DOOR MOUNTED ADA RESTROOM SIGN TD
BE REMOVED
~ PORTION OF EXIST LOW WALL TD BE REMOVED. CONTRACTOR
TD SAVE EXIST STUDS FDR NEW LOCATION IF POSSIBLE <s>- EXIST ELECTRICAL SWITCH TO BE RELOCATED TO NEW WALL LOCATION. CONTRACTOR TO ADJUST WIRING/CONDUIT AS
NEEDED
<§>--- EXIST COUNTERTOP, SINKS, MIRRORS & FAUCET TO BE
RELOCATED. CAP & MODIFY WATER & SEWER LINES TO
NEW LOCATION <?>-- EXIST TOILET PARTITIONS & DOORS TO BE REMOVED i>- EXIST TOILET PARTITION EXTENSION TD BE RELOCATED
G EXIST GRAB BAR TO BE RELOCATED & <8>- EXIST URINALS TD BE RELOCATED 2 J EXIST FOLDING SHOWER SEAT TD BE REMOVED
PORTION OF EXIST COUNTERTOP TO BE REMOVED
/\ NITT5: 1. GRAB BARS IN ADA SHOWER SHALL ~ NOT 2 L2...'::, BE PROVIDED ABOVE SEAT. (
11~~,_,,
I
I
I
I ELECT RM
-----
PLAN SYMBOLS
EXISTING WALL
KEY NOTES
I PANTRY
I
I
EB
0- EXIST 9' -0" HIGH CHAIN LINK FENCE W/ PRIVACY
SLATS 0- EXIST HOSE BIB
0- EXIST ASPHALT PAVING
0- EXIST PATIO POST
0- OUTLINE OF EXIST PATIO COVER
©- EXIST ELECT MAIN PANELS
0- EXIST WARNING STRIP /GROOVES &
©- EXIST HANDRAIL
9 REMOVE & REPLACE RAMP & LANDING. EXIST RAMP
& LANDING TO BE UPGRADED TO ADA COMPLIANCE
UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAL/ADDENDUM
@- NEW LOW STUD PARTITION: USE 2"x3 % "x20 GA
METAL STUDS @ 24" o.c. W/ (1) 5/8" GYPBD
ON EACH SIDE. REUSE EXIST STUDS DR PROVIDE
NEW. IF NEW, MATCH EXIST STUDS, GYPBD, WALL
~PAINT COLOR
®-INSTALL DOOR MOUNTED WOMEN'S RESTROOM SIGN
PER DETAIL 3/A-3
@- NEW WALL MOUNTED 1 1 /2" DIA., 18 GA STAINLESS
STEEL GRAB BAR. SELECTED BY OWNER. SEE DETAIL
,.....,--..--'il/_A-3. MOUNTED AT 33" -36" ®- NEW FOLDING SHOWER SEAT. TOP OF SEAT SHALL BE 17"-19" BATHROOM FINISH FLOOR. WHEN
FOLDED, THE SEAT SHALL EXTEND 6" MAX FROM
MOUNTING WALL
@- NEW STAINLESS STEEL 1-1/2"¢ HANDRAIL AT 34"-38"
ABOVE RAMP WITH 12" EXTENSIONS
@= NEW WATER RESISTANT TOILIET PARTITIONS & DOORS.
COLOR & TYPE TO BE SELIECTED BY OWNER. ADA
( STALL DOOR SHAUL BE SELF-CLOSING AND PULL TO
COMPLY WITH 2019 CBC, SECT 118
~ RELOCATED EXIST PARTITION EXTENSION. PAINT TD
MATCH NEW PARTITIONS
@- RELOCATED EXIST GRAB BAR
J. 1;11;1 I
• I FS
FS
~EFRIGERAT R
'- - - --
OCGUPANT
LOAD SIGN
FREEZER
DOOR
f:j, /I
~
Q
Q I
I
I
I
WEST DORM
TYP. TYP.
PORTICO
OVERALL FLOOR PLAN
@- NEW ADA DIRECTIONAL RESTROOM SIGN PER
DETAIL 9/A-3
@- NEW WALL MOUNTED ADA AUTOMATIC DOOR ACTUATOR.
SEE SHEET A-2
@- NEW WARNING STRIP PER DETAIL 16 ON SHT A-7
22 EXIST WORK COUNTER AT 30-½" TO 31" HIGH AFF
WITIH 29" TO 30" KNEE SPACE CLEARANCE. ALL
EXIST WORK COUNTER IS ADA COMPLIANT
@- EXIST ACCESS RAMP. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY
THE SLOPE TO BE 8.3% MAX. IF NOT, CONTRACTOR
TO MODIFY SLOPE TD 8.3% MAX AND ADD FLOORING
FINISH TO MATCH EXIST TYPE & COLOR
@- RELOCATED EXIST COUNTERTOP, SINKS, SOAP
DISPENSERS & MIRRORS. CONTRACTOR TO SUPPLY
WATER LINES & SEWER TO THIS LOCATION AS NEEDED
@- RELOCATED EXIST URINALS. CONTRACTOR TO MODIFY
WATER LINE & SEWER FOR URINALS. ADA URINAL TO
HAVE FLUSH CONTROL AT 44" MAX HEIGHT ABOVE
FINISH FLOOR 13½ min
j
~ "
(a)
wall hung type
@- NEW 24" LENGTH WATER RESISTANT PRIVACY
SCREEN. COLOR & TYPE TO BE SELECTED BY
OWNER
®- TURN HANDRAIL EXTENSION 90" TO A LENGTH
OF 12"
@- EXIST CONTROL & HAND-HELD SPRAYER TO BE 48"
MAX ABOVE SHOWER FLOOR. IF NOT, CONTRACTOR
TO MOVE TO TD REQUIRED HEIGHT
@- EXIST ADA SINK IS 34" AFF. REFER TD DETAIL 20/A-3
FOR SINK KNEE CLEARANCE
®- NEW LOW STUD PARTITION: USE 2"x3 % "x20 GA METAL
STUDS @ 24" o.c. W/ (1) 5/8" WATER RESISTANT
GYPBD & CERAMIC WALL TILE. MATCH EXIST COLOR, SIZE,
TYPE & GROUT COLOR. SEE DETAIL 2A/THIS SHT
•
0 -I
"'
•
N
I
N
1/8"=1'-0"
S R L
4'-3" 1'-11"
•
en
I
-:.,.
J
8 l-ll::"""'"""""~--( 8
3'-1" 3'-1" 2'-9"
DEMO PLAN
1811
(E) ADA
G STALL
5'-0"
-H
•
N
--...
....
I
"in
•
r---
1 "'
N
&
NOTES:
ACCESSORIES, FIXTURES & SIGNAGE
TO COMPLY PER SHEET A-3.
1'-11·
MEN'S RESTROOM FLOOR PLAN
1/4"=1·-o·
D
•••
J I. G &
•
/ "'
I~
I
"in
G 15"
20" 13"
~
25 • oe \ 0 i5 - I ...J
"" u
j...
I
-:.,.
17"-19"
2·-11" 2'-10"
MBULATORY 18•
2'-11"
~.1~ '"")
~ NEW FLOOR PLAN
s
N
MIN
CLR
•
0 z I :ii -:.,.
(E) ADA
STALL
s·-o·
•
N
--...
N
I
"in
2''
•
en
I
"'
s $ N
~ N
00 ----- $ - C
"
:c
u
z u u u I
C O'. O'. O'.
_J
~ ~ <( -
::,
~ ~ V)
u w - 0: z
1/) - 0
z _J z z
0 UN iii 0 ~ -
"' - I f-
- 0
::;; <( -
:J ::, IL
0 :J - z 0 [
w z
0 ~ w
0 0 0
<( <( 0
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPHOU, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER/CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLE
OVERAll FLOOR PLAN
DATE 11L1sL21
DRAWN RC
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21039
SCALE />S SHOWN
DRAWING No, 21-065
A-2a
REV. 02
Rev-1
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022
//
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
00000
-H
"i'
~ I
a,
'V
'V 'V 'V 'V
'V 'V 'V 'V
'V 'V 'V 'V
"" 'V 'V 'V 'V
.
'V
'V
'V
'V
wO FDC
0 PIV'"'
' )
• 0 J * , 4'"q;Q" MIN , -,i<------'---------,1<1 ' ,··.---------1 LANDING V '"'
~!:_ANDING.
I
[j] '
" 71 ~ Jo]__ 4J) ~ - - " _qf ! 18" ;i, IE] I I m 1
1 ~ 1Ewo@ "" TATION 1
1 lUJ +42 REF.\: \/ I 11wug I I
di\ i ' I /~--!1 I ll'l
,,--------==d ------- : :--:" NEW!'<--'- --< :,g1
+3,. 1
1 NEW ST,\FF I 0--- ~ / TRIAGElbRAL 1'7', I
+7' I ROOM \ L ___ _J PE"-,----cARE I \'I"'
\ s / A A R ', s I fi~.I
I
•
5'-0"
1 f
'V
~ . 'V 'V 'V
-- 'V
'
~ 'ilf
r<) 0 .
'V
..
6.5% )
SLOPE -
'V 'V
µ
'V
'V
6.6% )
SLOPE
'V
'V • _J
. ~ (/)
'V 'V
~
~ 'V
-~ -- 'V
"(E) SLOPE ,
_8~.3_% __ MAX-+-'-_· _ ·- __ --. -~ -_- ltt-Hct---
I I I
'V
'V
'V
w£
•
<X)
I
-:.,.
'V
'V
'V
'V
•
I
'
((E) SLOPE
8_.3% MAX
(E)
WOMEN'S
RESTROOM
"
I
I @] / (E)
~--~HALLWAY #2
CT) if ■ f----------------/
F _. ,/
I
I
I
I
I
(E)
LAUNDRY
RM
EXIST SIDEWALK
F
'
28 MAIN 118• .,
ENTRY
5'-0"
'V
'V
'V
y 'V
~ 'V
'V
,-H
a,
I
;,-,
'V
w '----.. _,,, '-----' '-----' '-----' [B' -- I I 12· ~ db TABLE CH~R C: I ~ 9 $ ' IEXITI Pk-+--+lb~ll..--'.=::._..(l. ,:::::::;:;:;:;:;;:::i:E~~==::::liC::±:=:iE=~==;:==3C=~=========::::::::;:;;:::::JE=::::::::::=::::::::::;;;:::3r:;;;:::::;::::l)_.'.::;::;::'_..(r:::;:;::::::;j~;::::::=======:::::iE=====C================ _ [IQ] ; - 2· -o· [TI] I -$- '------tttt-+
1 /// _ ~~;.L~:~) . . _ ~ - _ MIN LA~G •,
w- .· -LANDING -- _ _ -- -~ ~ -7©-- "' n '
·-3"± 1o·-·1"± LANDING -'.-
('"EXIST RAMP & LANDING TO BE UPGRADED~
COMPLIANCE UNDER SEPARATE SUBMITTAUADDENDUM L 6'-7"
ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN - WEST WING
1/4"=1'-0"
I
I
I
..
RB
·-
_.
..
N
Wl----1""'""---I E
s
LEGEND:
EXIST TO REMAIN
- - - EXIST 1-HR FIRE RATED STUD WALL
NEW 1-HR FIRE RATED STUD WALL: USE 2"x3 %"x20 GA
METAL STUDS @ 24" o.c. W/ (1) 5/8" 1YPE "X" GYPBD
ON EACH SIDE & R-13 BATT. INSULATION. UNLESS
OTHERWISE NOTED. SUCH FIRE BARRIER SHALL BE
CONTINUOUS THROUGH CONCEALED SPACE, SUCH AS THE
SPACE ABOVE A SUSPENDED CEILING. JOINTS AND VOIDS
AT INTERSECTIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH 2019 CBC,
SECTIONS 707.5, 707.B & 707.9.
UL DES U419
@J = DOOR NUMBER. SEE SHEET A-8
KEY NOTES
CD- EXIST EXTERIOR WALL
0-- EXIST INTERIOR STUD WALL
0- OUTLINE OF EXIST OVERHANG ABOVE
©- EXIST LANDSCAPE SPRINKLER VALVES
& ©- EXIST WOO~FLOOR FINISH
©- EXIST HAND RAIL
(j)--- EXIST CARD READER TO REMAIN. COORDINATE W/
OWNER REGARDING REPROGRAMMING
©- EXIST ELECT PANEL
©- RELOCATED EXIST ELECT SWITCH. SEE ELECT DWGS
®- NEW CARD READER TO MATCH EXIST 1YPE.
COORDINATE W/ OWNER REGARDING PROGRAMMING
@- NEW FIRE WALL PER LEGEND. TEXTURE FINISH &
PAINT COLOR TO MATCH EXIST
©- CONTRACTOR TO CONVERT EXIST WALL INTO 1-HR FIRE
RATED WALL: CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE EXIST GYPBD IS %"
THK 1YPE "X" GYPBD. IF NOT, CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE
EXIST GYPBD BOTH SIDES AND INSTALL %" THK 1YPE "X"
GYPBD. GYPBD TO GO FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF
ROOF UNINTERRUPTED. ANY OPENINGS IN WALL TO BE FIRE
RATED PROTECTED PER CODE
@-- NEW PARTITION STUD WALL: USE 2"x3 %"x20 GA METAL
STUDS @ 24" o.c. W/ (1) 5/8" GYPBD ON EACH SIDE
& R-13 BATT. INSULATION
@- NEW LOW STUD PARTITION: USE 2"x3 %"x20 GA METAL
STUDS @ 24" o.c. W/ (1) 5/8" GYPBD ON EACH SIDE.
REUSE EXIST STUDS OR PROVIDE NEW. IF NEW, MATCH
EXIST STUDS, GYPBD, WALIL TEXTURE & PAINT COLOR
@- EXIST DOOR WITH CHANGE OF SWING
@-- EXIST GUARDRAIL
®- NEW WARNING STRIP PER DETAIL 16 ON SHT A-7
& 18 EXIST CONC WALKWAY
®- EXIST WALL MOUNTED HANDRAIL
& 6i»-/ NEW 6" THK CONG LANDING w/ DOWELS PER SEPARATE
'----" \SUBMITTAL (ADDENDUM #2)
@- NEW KEY PAD. COORDINATE W/ OWNER REGARDING
PRO RAMMING
~ EXIST WARNING STRIP /GROOVES
NOT USED~
NOT USED ~
NOT USED
(:;;\_
~ 5" NEW WALL MOUNTED ADA AUTOMATIC DOOR ACTUATOR . ..,._ ___ _.,,._ ONE MOUNTED 7" -8" CENTERLINE ABOVE FINISH
FLOOR AND THE 2ND ONE MOUNTED 30"-44" '
CENTERLINE ABOVE FINISH FLOOR. THE FORCE
REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPER~LE PART SHALL BE 5
LBS MAX.
FILIL -POWERED AUTOMATIC DOOR SHALL COMPLY WITH
•
OSH
TO OPEN
ANSI/BHMA A 156.10. ).___;:::;:::;::::::::---'IADD BUTTON AND MAGNETIZED OPENER THAT AUTOMATICALLY OPENS r-r DOOR & REMAINS OPEN IN A POWER OUTAGE SITUATION.
(@-- NEW TACTILE ENTRANCE SIGN PER DETAIL 10/A-3 <---~-...JWIE; A TURNING SPACE COMPLYING WITH SECT 11 B-304 SHALL
BE PROVIDED WITHIN ALL TREATMENT /EXAMINATION ROOMS
AFTER THE INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT AND FURNITURE
(2019 CBC, SECT 11 B-805.4.3).
s $ s ;;;- ~ N
~ £- ....
"- ;:,- s:'. '- ~
' 0 en - - C
"
:c
u
z u u u u OU I
C O'. O'. O'. O'. O'. O'.
:;: _J
<(
0 ~ ::;;
_J _J _J ~ ID
:::i
~ ~ <( Ill
~~ w
ll:'. - - -z
1/) 2 2 2- 0 z z mm m _J
~ 0 0
iii :::J :::J :::J 2 ~ (/) (/) (/) -
"' w w w- I f--
O:'. O:'. O:'. '11 -u
~ ~ >- :::; ~ {
f-- :::J ::;; lL
0 0 - 0 :::i
0 z 0 ll'.
w z
0 0 Io ~ w
0 z O:'. f-- 0 0 N l'J st <( <( u / /' ~
--- -----
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPHOU, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER[CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLE
ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN - WEST WING
DATE BL19L21
DRAWN RC
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21027
SCALE AS SHOWN
DRAWING No, 21-045
A-2
REV. 06
Rev-1
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022
LEGEND:
EXIST TO REMAIN
I I I - - - - - EXIST 1-HR FIRE RATED STUD WALL
- I ',,JD I I
\ I I \
NEW 1-HR FlRE RATED METAL STUD WALL WOMEN'S
111118EX WOMEN9
NOTE:
GRAB BAR AND WALL SURFACE
SHALL NOT HAVE ANY SHARP OR
ABRASIVE ELEMENTS. EDGES SHALL
HAVE A MINIMUM RADIUS OF 1/B", ~----- METAL STUD WALL
GYP. BD.
GRAB BAR SPEC'S.
1. BENDING STRESS IN A GRAB BAR BY THE MAXIMUM BENDING MOMENT FlROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE STRESS FOR THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR.
2. SHEAR STRESS INDUCED IN A GRAB BAR BY THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE SHEAR STRESS FOR
THE MATERIAL OF THE GRAB BAR, AND IF ITS MOUNTING BRACKET OR
OTHER SUPPORT IS CONSIDERED TO BE FULLY RESTRAINED, THEN DIRECT
AND TORSIONAL SHEAR STRESSES SHALL NOT EXCEED THE ALLOWABLE G)--1 SHEAR STRESS.
I 2'-10" \ KP 21 1
CR
KEY NOTES 1/4" llilCK, 12" DIA. CIRCL£
1/4" llilCK, EQUALATERAL
TRIANGLE
l
~
') ([ ~~~~•• _) 3"
4"x14 GA. GALV. STEEL
MOUNTING PLATE. WELD
ACROSS MIN. TWO STUDS
3. SHEAR FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD SHALL BE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LATERAL LOAD OF EITHER THE FASTENER OR MOUNTING DEVICE
OR THE SUPPORT STIRUCTURE, WHICHEVER IS THE SMALLER ALLOWABLE LOAD.
MIN CLR
/
- -
NEW " '\
I UNISEX
s,
' t- - r==, ~,i,o~ -
-
• N . I \ 30"x4B" I I
I 0
r-- I
_ 2; \
MIN CLR I ~
13 f
\ ,,.1 ,._> l 1 /
- - I MAX
• "'
~ I 6 N L
i 2'-0"
,\ 1 1'-6"
3'-0"
MIN
MIN
5'-0"
MIN
7'-3"
RESTROOM PLAN
1;2·=1 '-0"
NOTES:
1. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THAT ALL NEW ACCESSORIES &
FIXTURES MEET ADA REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
2. FLUSH CONTROLS MUST BE MOUNTED ON THE WIDE SIDE
OF TOILET AREA.
3. WATER CLOSET VALVE CONTROLS, FAUCET AND OPERATING
MECHANISMS CONTROLS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE
HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING
OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST AND SHALL BE MOUNTED NO
MORE THAN 44" ABOVE THE FLOOR. THE FORCE REQUIRED
TO ACTIVATE CONTROLS SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 5 LBF.
4. HOT WATER & DRAIN PIPES ACCESSIBLE UNDER SINKS
SHALL BE INSULATED. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR
ABRASIVE OBJECTS OR SURFACES UNDER SINK.
-'1-C'--'LCCG.. LINE
• 0
I /
0 /
• 00 I
<O
16 ""
' 0 0..
;,.
I ~
'\
ioJ • 0
FFL
17 NORTH WALL
2'-0"
I
I
io
I
I ;,,
I
0- EXIST INTERIOR STUD WALL
0-- NEW 3' -0" WIDE x 6' -B" HIGH DOOR
0- NEW DOOR MOUNTED TOILET SIGN PER DETAIL
3/THIS SHEET
0- SEMI-RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE
RECEPTACLE. SELECTED BY OWNER ©- NEW SURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER. SELECTED BY OWNER (SHALL OPERATE WITH LESS THAN 5
POUNDS OF FORCE WHEN COMPLETELY FILLED)
©- NEW ADA ACCESSIBLE SINK PER PLUMBING DWGS.
WIDTH SHALL BE 18" MAX.
(j)- NEW ADA ACCESSIBLE MIRROR. SELECTED BY
OWNER ©- EXIST CLEAN-OUT
1/4"
' 0
I
"' .lllllEll;
1. ATTACH SIGNS USING (3) THREE FLATHEAD COUNTERSUNK
SCREWS TO SOLID BACKING & ADHESIVE TO BACK.
2. SIGN TO BE MOUNTED 5'-0" FROM Cf. TO FINISHED FLOOR ON DOOR TO TOILET ROOM (SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION).
3. SIGNS ARE TO BE DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE DOOR IN COLOR AND CONTRAST.
FIN. FLOOR
DOOR MOUNTED TOILET SIGN
1/4"
1 1/2"=1'-0"
MUST COMPLY WITH 2019 CBC,
SECT 11 8-703
• 0 ::;; I .
- "'
©- NEW WALL MOUNTED 1 1/2" DIA., 1B GA STAINLESS
STEEL GRAB BAR. SELECTED BY OWNER. SEE DETAIL
5/THIS SHT ®- NEW ADA ACCESSIBLE TOILET PER PLUMBING DWGS @- SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL.
CLEAR ACRYLIC
PLASTIC FACE r BACK PAINTED
BACKGROUND
COLOR
1'-0" I
MIN I
6"
17"-1B"
SELECTED BY OWNER
@- SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER.
SELECTED BY OWN ER
@- EXIST WOOD TILE FLOORING. CONTRACTOR TO PROTECT
DURING CONSTRUCTION
@- SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET-SEAT-COVER DISPENSER.
SELECTED BY OWNER
@- EXIST GYPBD WALL. EXIST COLOR TO REMAIN
@- WHITE FRP WAINSCOT. MATCH EXIST UNISEX
#2 WAINSCOT TYPE & COLOR ®- COVE BASE. MATCH EXIST FACILITY COVE BASE TYPE, HEIGHT & COLOR. COORDINATE W/ OWNER
@- VINYL PLASTISOL INSULATED TRAP WRAP. MANUFACTURED
BY BROCAR PRODUCTS, INC. OR EQUALLY APPROVED ®- NEW WALL MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURE PER ELECT DWGS @- RECESSED SPECIMEN PASS-THRU CABINET.
SELECTED BY OWN ER ®- WALL MOUNTED TOILET SIGN PER DETAIL 8/THIS SHT
' 0
I
'°
NOIE;
OPAQUE WHITE
ACRYLIC PLASTIC
BACK
-'t
PAINT SYMBOL, SIGN,
ETC. ON INTERIOR
FACE OF CLEAR
PLASTIC
PERMANENTLY
ADHERE SHEETS
TOGETHER
RADIUS
CORNERS
TYP.
•
"'
' 0
I
st
SIGN SHALL BE
MOUNTED ON WALL
ADJACENT TO DOOR
STRIKE OR U.N.O. FIN. FLOOR
z
"'
NISEX
8"
GRADE 2 BRAILLE
INDICATING UNISEX
SANS SERIF,
RAISED 1 /32",
%" TO 2" HIGH
WALL MOUNTED TOILET SIGN
16 5. FAUCET CONTROLS AND OPERATING MECHANISMS FOR SINKS
SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT
REQUIRE GRASPING, PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST.
THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE FACET CONTIROLS AND
OPERATING MECHANISMS FOR SINKS SHALL BE NO GREATER
THAN 5 LBF. LEVER-OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE AND
ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED MECHANISMS ARE EXAMPLES
OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. SELF-CLOSING VALVES ARE
ALLOWED IF THE FAUCET REMAINS OPEN FOR AT LEAST
10 SECONDS.
6. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING FOR FIXTURE
INSTALLATION / ANCHORAGE.
1 ' 0 I
;,.
0..
~
• "'
7. NEW UNISEX COLORS SHALL MATCH EXISTING UNISEX #2
RESTROOM COLORS.
B. NEW BATHROOM FAUCETS & ACCESSORIES TO HAVE
BRUSHED NICKEL FINISH.
9 '-®-\
if:
0 •
"'
"' • z
"' :;;;
10 0..
~
14 ·
(f)
~ 0.. I:]
~()
:r: -~ "
5: h'c.:,i
<
12 0.. •
... ~ ' 0..
::;; ...J LL [Il "' ~ "' ffi~ :::,
' 0 0.. a:: ... Do LL
' co
•
"'
I
•
r--
1-1/2" DIA. GRAB BAR W/
INTEGRAL MOUNTING PLATE
(SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION)
~------ FOR ANCHORAGE SEE GRAB BAR
SPEC'S
4. TENSILE FORCE INDUCED IN FASTENER BY A DIRECT TENSILE FORCE OF A 250 LIB. POINT LOAD, PLUS THE MAXIMUM MOMENT FROM THE APPLICATION OF A 250 LB. POINT LOAD, SHALL BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE WITHDRAWAL LOAD BETWEEN THE FASTENER AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURE.
5. GRAB BARS SHALL NOT ROTATE WITHIN THEIR FITTINGS.
GRAB BAR MOUNTING
fill]I;.
SIGN TO BE PLACED BETWEEN
48" MIN ABOVE FINISH FLOOR TO
TO LOWEST SET OF CHARACTERS/
BRAILLE & 60" MAX HEIGHT TO
THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER.
POST SIGN OUTSIDE RESTROOM
DOOR POINTING TO THE DIRECTION
OF THE ACCESSIBLE RESTROOM.
GRADE 2 BRAILLE
L.J
0 ~ (.'.)
z
a:
12 •
0 "'
1'
6"
io
NOTES:
1. ALL LETTERS AND FIGURE SHALL
BE WHITE AND BACKGROUND
SHALL BE BLUE COLOR #15090
FEDERAL STD 5958.
2. SIGN TO COMPLY WITH BHMA
A156.10 OR BHMA 156.19, AS
APPLICABLE.
ENTRANCE--+--- 5/8" MIN TO 2" MAX HT
GRADE 2 BRAILLE DOTS
(DOMED OR ROUNDED
SHAPE)
ADA DIRECTIONAL SIGN ACCESSIBILTY SIGNAGE DETAIL
N.T.S. 3"=1 '-0"
19 7 4 ~
(j) 4 20
.. • • ... ...
6 ~ '-®-\ • X 0 0..
"" X :::, ;,.
I ~
:::, :::,
"" z • • z
"' ;,. N :;;;
"'
;,. "' • z 0
"' :;;; ... "' ' N
r--
N X • "" "' ::s
6" MAX 8" MIN
TOE CLR KNEE CLR
EAST WALL SOUTH WALL WEST WALL
UNISEX INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
1/2"=1 1-011
~ $ s:: N
~ ... s ~ .-:::.
'
N .-:::. - C
"
:c
u
z u u u u I
C O'. fr' O'. O'.
r _J
0 <l'. g <l'. ~
_J ~ Ill
:::J <l'. II)
~ u w
It:
z
1/) ::; - oz z m _J
~o 0
iii :::J ~ ~ (/) -
"' w ;;- I I-
(l'. 0
::;
,; {
~ :::J ~ lL
0 0 :::J
z 0 ll'.
w z
I 0 ~ w
0 I- 0 0 '<I" <l'. <( 0 ,, ,, '- '
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPHOU, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER[CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLE
RESlROOM PLAN &
INTERIOR ELEVATIONS
DATE BL19L21
DRAWN RC
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21039
SCALE AS SHOWN
DRAWING No. 21-049
A-3
REV. 04
Rev-1
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022
,-...
I
,-...
N
1 '-6"
r
I
I
I
I
I
NOTES:
MIN
-MAX
I
---0
2'-8"
MIN CLR
7'-3"
5'-0"
MIN
3'-0"
MIN
2'-0" 1 '-0" 611
MIN MIN
~ PNL
'io
I
.,,
1. DOORS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO SWING INTO TURNING
SPACES (2019 CBC, SECT 11 B-304.4).
2. FOR ADDITIONAL RESTROOM INFORMATION AND NOTES,
REFER TO SHEET A-3. EXISTING ACCESSORIES,
FIXTURES & SIGNAGE TO COMPLY PER SHEET A-3.
Wt----lP-----tE EXIST UNISEX #2 PLAN
s 1/2"=1'-0"
@- NEW LOW STUD PARTITION: USE 2"x3 % "x20 GA METAL
STUDS @ 24" o.c. W/ (1) 5/8" WATER RESISTANT
GYPBD & CERAMIC WALL TILE. MATCH EXIST COLOR, SIZE,
TYPE & OUT COLOR. SEE DETAIL 2A/SHT A-2a
LEGEND:
EXIST TO REMAIN
- - - - - EXIST 1-HR FIRE RATED STUD WALL
KEY NOTES
0- EXIST INTERIOR STUD WALL
0- EXIST 3'-0" WIDE x 6'-8' HIGH DOOR
0- EXIST DOOR MOUNTED TOILET SIGN TO COMPLY
PER DETAIL 3/SHEET A-3 0- NEW SEMI-RECESSED PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER/WASTE RECEPTACLE. SELECTED BY OWNER ©- NEW SURFACE MOUNTED SOAP DISPENSER. SELECTED BY OWNER (SHALL OPERATE WITH LESS THAN 5
POUNDS OF FORCE WHEN COMPLETELY FILLED)
©- NEW ADA ACCESSIBLE SINK PER PLUMBING DWGS.
WIDTH SHALL BE 18" MAX. 0- NEW ADA ACCESSIBLE MIRROR. SELECTED BY OWNER ©- EXIST CLEAN-OUT
©- EXIST WALL MOUNTED GRAB BAR
@- EXIST ADA ACCESSIBLE TOILET
@- NEW SURFACE MOUNTED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSAL.
SELECTED BY OWNER
@- EXIST SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER
@- EXIST CERAMIC TILE FLOORING. CONTRACTOR TO
PROTECT DURING CONSTRUCTION
@- NEW SURFACE MOUNTED TOILET-SEAT-COVER
DISPENSER. SELECTED BY OWNER
@- EXIST WALL MOUNTED TOILET SIGN TO COMPLY
PER DETAIL 8 SHT A-3
@- EXIST ACCESS RAMP. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY
THE SLOPE TO BE 8.3% MAX. IF NOT, CONTRACTOR
TO MODIFY SLOPE TO 8.3% MAX AND ADD FLOORING
FINISH TO MATCH EXIST TYPE & COLOR ®- NEW WALL MOUNTED 1 1 /2" DIA., 18 GA STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR. SELECTED BY OWNER. SEE DETAIL
5/A-3. MOUNTED AT 33"-36" AFF
@- NEW FOLDING SHOWER SEAT. TOP OF SEAT SHALL
BE 17"-19" BATHROOM FINISH FLOOR. WHEN
FOLDED, THE SEAT SHALL EXTEND 6" MAX FROM
MOUNTING WALL
(,';;\_ TURN HANDRAIL EXTENSION 90" TO A LENGTH
~ OF 12"
@- NEW STAINLESS STEEL 1-1/2"~ HANDRAIL AT 34"-38"
ABOVE RAMP WITH 12" EXTENSIONS
@- RELOCATED EXIST STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR
@- NEW WATER RESISTANT TOILET PARTITIONS & DOORS. COLOR & TYPE TO BE SELECTED BY OWNER. ADA STALL DOOR
SHALL BE SELF-CLOSING AND PULL TO COMPLY WITH 2019
CBC, SECT 11 B
@- INSTALL DOOR MOUNTED WOMEN'S RESTROOM SIGN
PER DETAIL 3/A-3
@- EXIST CONTROL & HAND-HELD SPRAYER TO BE 48"
MAX ABOVE SHOWER FLOOR. IF NOT, CONTRACTOR
TO MOVE TO TO REQUIRED HEIG T
7'-11" MIN
4'-11" 3'-0"
6'-8"
{E) GRAB BAJTO BE REMOVED 12" 3'-6"
•
• "' .,, I
I . ·w -
-i'--------1----ifI I I I
I IL I ' \ I
I I If}' ,_ I
(E) GRAB I I '..J. 'l.. I
BARTO BE i I I I _ ...RELOCAlI!Li. _ J L _____ J
Q..
0 lo::
w
1-
z
::,
0 u ....J ¼ TOILET PARTITIONS L h -~
& DOOR TO BE
NOTES;
1. ACCESSORIES, FIXTURES & SIGNAGE
TO COMPLY PER SHEET A-3. {z. GRAB BARS IN ADA SHOWER SHALL \. ~BE PROVIDED ABOVE SEAT.
R~QVE[l._ G
4'-10 1/2"
{E) FOLDING
SHOWER SEAT
TO BE REMOVED
& ~ • 6.li l
;...,
"' I ~
1 '-5"
DEMO PLAN
Ct
Ct
• 0
I
• "' .,,
I
"'
2'-0
51_
---
\
\
'- ......
\
'- ......
2'-2"
I
I Q..
0 I I-
- 0::
I w
II z
::, __ J 0
u
3'-2"
5'-1 11
/ ---'-
I
I ·~ \
I ~ ):) I
I I
I
'- / .,,... -.... --
4'-9"
2-1/2"
MAX
1 '-5"
G
G
G
4'-3"
NEW FLOOR PLAN
s
& & WOMEN'S RESTROOM FLOOR PLAN
1/4"=1'-D"
N
{E) POR TABLE
RACK T
REMOV
GIV
0 0 BE
ED &
EN TO
WNER
- ____ .....,_
/
-
,,.
(
I- ___ .....,.
/
6'-1"
,.
TO 34" MAX AFF ------ ·1 MIN
I COUNTER +37" I [ I
COUNTER (E) STAINLESS TO BE LOWER
STEEL ~ 18"
~ ---------== I '
lg lg I I ~
WORKSTATION •
• WORKSTATION W/ EQUIP'T I I I
N
......... I W/ EQUIP'T FS FS LIP +37" +34-1 /2" I - I LIP +37" +36-1/2'' I I / z L{') I / 0 I-
"" ....., ...- I- (L + I
LI .....,
z ~ ::, +
0 I- • I I Cf) 0 N
"' ><'.W
!;;: o. 'co ()]]) • ....... I & I ~ 0 - • 0::
FS I .,. o-........ 0:: I- ::, ....., ;,. 0 I u w
Cf) 0 + I ~ --~ --~ .,, 3: 3: Iii§ w ri: 3" ;,. z z 1' '" ::, ,!? 0 fil \ & 1' 1' ---'~ +37" 0
3 COMP. SINK II u > N +35"
"" ' '
w
+34-1/2''
X X X 'io ;,,
~ V ~"
WORKSTATION I WORKSTATION PORTION OF {E) STAINLESS I
_ PORTION OF (E) STAINLESS N
W/ EQUIP'T STEEL TABLE TO BE REMOVED W/ EQUIP'T STEEL TABLE TO BE REMOVED !E TO ACCOMMODATE CLEARANCEr;:
TO ACCOMMODATE CLEARANCE
REQUIREMENT - - EQUIREMENT • ·
1:1:::::: = ::3:1 . I ~
0 B -----t- :2 WORKSTATION
{E) TOASTMASTER i""
TO BE RELOCATED :2 W/E'T
0 WORKSTATION -$- -$- -$- DBL
L3_ +36" , W/ EQUIP'T OVEN
-$-+t .. -+ - - R +36" I
- ..... --- " /
I II II I /
' L_ ___ I -------~~-------~ • I N
....... I - •
0 "' I I I
;,. I .,,
MOP r---1 r-~--iK--"'71- 7 SINK
~ REFRIGERATOR I REFRIGERATOR I WORKSTATION I IX IX I I ICE L _ _ J W/ EQUIP'T
I IL ~-~ L 11" ,, _'I ,,
C I
'
{E) LARGE - (E) SINK TO BE REMOVED - ~- I
REFRIGERATOR TO & GIVEN TO OWNER (~) SELF-CLOSING
BE RELOCATED ~EVICE TO BE REMOVED
DEMO PLAN I
/
_,. /
--
COUNTER {34" MAX AFF) ~,,
- "
·1 18" ,,
'I MIN
COUNTER +34" . I ( I
NEW STAINLESS STEEL 6' 111
I I
·- " I
lg lg I ~
WORKSTATION •
• WORKSTATION W/ EQUIP'T I I I
N
......... I W/ EQUIP'T FS FS LIP +37" +34-1 /2" I - I 37" +36-1/2'' I LIP r." I / z L{') ....., / O,t- ~ ) I ...- "" +
~- I- Q.. ....., I .. z ~ ~ ::, +
& 0 !- • r.- I I Cf) 0
()]]) N I "' • "' "' w !;;: Q.. b ....... I ., I ~ 0:: co - I • FS I I • • I .,. o-........ 0:: I- ::, ....., & ;,. 0 ...::;. L,i:-=i, - - - - ,., _J I u 3: 3: w Cf) 0 + I .,, I- "' w ;,. z z 0:: Q.. . ,,
'" ::, 0 ...... _J .J• ..... .,,, ,, +37" 0 - / -~ 3 COMP. SINK .. -'1< u
+35" 3 -0'' ~ I +34-1/2''
X X X •
- "' WORKSTATION • I - 2· -3" "I 3'-4 1/2" I WORKSTATION N I I W/ EQUIP'T N •
0:: W/ EQUIP'T . ~ r_:_ .-. A
. - .r . 0
~ ~------7 RELOCATED (E) w
0 LARGE REFRIGERATOR. 0 WORKSTATION I I 0:: CONTRACTOR TO LL W/E'T □ 17W I INSTALL POWER w WORKSTATION DBL 0::
0 -$- -$- -$- I I OUTLET IF +36" , W/ EQUIP'T OVEN NECCESSARY -$-+t .. -+ i:-, ~------_J = +36" I- - " ..... /
I LI LI I /
L RA~ ~ I
• - ~
I .,, ~ "' I ....... c5 ;..., I - ' _, 'io N u ....... 0 I I - ;,, I I z ;,. I .,, ,-...
'" - I ;...,
MOP ;..., • .,.
SINK I
.,, ' ' ~
-''
~ REFRIGERATOR WORKSTATION
X X • ICE
TOASTMASTER W/ EQUIP'T ~ ~ • I :::E ~
[ I
11" '
(E) RELOCATED - NEW TWO-COMPARTMENT - I
TOASTMASTER STAINLESS STEEL SINK. SELECTED I
BY CLIENT. 7'-0" LONG x I
1'-10" MAX DEPTH I
/ (E) EXTERIOR DOOR WITH _,. NO SELF-CLOSER NEW FLOOR PLAN --
KITCHEN FLOOR PLAN
3/8"=1'-D"
N
I
I
I
I
s $ N
~ ~ $ 00
...... 5
C
"
:c
u
z u u u I
C O'. O'. O'.
~ .J
0 g <( ::,
~ ~ V)
u w - 0:
z
1/) ::J 0 z z
0 iii u ~ 0 "' ~ -
"' ~ I f-
'11 ~ 0
::;; '11 <(
:J ::, IL
0 :::J - z 0 [
w z
0 w ~ 0 8
<( <( 0 ~
-... -... '-
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPHOU, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER[CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLE
EXIST UNISEX #2 PLAN
& KITCHEN
DATE 11L1sL21
DRAWN RC
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21039
SCALE AS SHOWN
DRAWING No. 21-063
A-3.1
REV. 02
Rev-1
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022
I I I I I 11111
V '
=
= ~ LANDING
- RAMP
= ) ' 0 RISER = ' 7.3% SLOPE \
= \
~ ' II " I I
I
I
I :z
I
0 fI t;::;
I NEW i:i:
I LOBBY /WAITING :::r::
I ADA <..'.)
I :::r::
LOW AREA I :
LO
I _ 11~ cx:5
I <D
/
/ ~- - ' /
v I ' /
\ KP
I ' I
TE I
' ..... ' KP CR / 68.5" HIGH PARTITION -"'" - ' I
,,..- fl LI , ' I
IEXITI
~
I ~ \ NEW ' ] /wc\ 1
NEW ' -- UNISEX f \...2._;'
BEHAVIORAL 0::: \ --7 68.5" HIGH PARTITION u ('''~» V V { FF -- 2/L\ ~ - V /
( ' / \J::7 -- I I -
G)/s\ ~ I
~r - > \...2._;' ~I- . ' - > ' I • 4" s _WER ':c,) (E) 4" SEWER > 'IS\ = 1\1
f:U -0/ > ~
' \ J -
C ..... >
- \ POC -=- / ' - _,.. > ~
' , -- ' ' ' ' > ~EW --- et:: ' - \ 0:::
> ~8.5" HIGH PARTITION
~ ~TOR'S u \
' ~
> II
)FF ::s:
> w ~- 1-u
> v) m,
\ CEILING NOTE: -- - \ ' - n CR ·- EXIST CEILING IS GYPBD CEILING - THROUG ,-.. -. -m•-- CTOR T;:; . ' - II
0r - = . 7 I 11::;;,,._ CEILING lJUKI CuNSTRUCTI0N.
> ' \ - i::>- - -- --- \ I 1! ~e- '\_ I ' I . REF. \ J ' .... ' z. I/ / V T-,. . - ' ' LI,.-,.., L,..
- -- NEW
~!
. NEW STAFF •
' 8) )
, TRIAGE/ORAL •
' ROOM ' :~ \. . . . . . . . CARE I -
& s I
3 '\...2._;' I .
I \.. _,,.,_ . . . . IA ,A A ~
" II II
I
- I
I
/ RAMP
/ ) -- 8.2% SLOPE LANDING
n LANDING
ENLARGED PLUMBING FLOOR PLAN WEST WING
1/4"=1'-o"
I
LANDING I '-
LANDING
,=
I
I
'
I \
Ii\
-
I
I
I
/
/
---
" I
\ I
\
LANDING I
-- I
I
N
W 1-----IL---1 E
s
FIXTURE SCHEDULE
ITEM WASTE TRAP VENT cw HW DESCRIPTION
61 WATER CLOSET, FLUSH VALVE TYPE (1.28 GPF), VITREOUS CHINA. 4" INT. 2" 1 " - AMERICAN STANDARD, MODEL "CADET", WITH OLSONITE SEAT.
ADA
ffi WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY (0.4 GPM FLOW), VITREOUS CHINA. 2" 2" 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/2"
LACAVA AQUAGRANDE #S066A WITH FAUCET.
DIMENSIONS, 16-3/4" WIDE X 18-3/4" DEEP X 4-1/2" HIGH.
ADA
V V - ' - . - - - - - - - - V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V V ffi SINGLE COMPARTMENT. 304 STAINLESS STEEL 18 GAGE, UNDERMOUNT. ADA SINK. 2" 1-1/4" 1-1 /2" 1/2" 1/2" "ELKAY", LUSTERTONE, MODEL #ELUHAD161655. PROVIDE DECK MOUNTED SINGLE HOLE, GOOSENECK HYTRONIC FAUCET BY "CHICAGO" MODEL #116.203.AB.1, WITH DUAL BEAM.
INFRA RED SENSOR.
INSTA-HOT WATER HEATER, MOUNTED UNDER THE SINK.
® CHRONOMITE, MODEL #SLR 30; 3KW AT 230V/1 PHASE.
- - - 1/2" 1/2" PROVIDE ONE UNDER EACH SINK.
. . . . . .
- - -
PIPE MATERIAL SCHEDULE
AG: ABOVE GROUND
BG: BELOW GROUND
SERVICE
AG
WATER
BG
WASTE/ AG •
STORM DRAIN BG •
AG • VENT
BG •
INDUSTRIA AG • WASTE
BG •
KEY NOTES
0- NEW WATER CLOSET SHALL MATCH WITH EXISTING.
PROVIDE 4"WASTE, 2'YENT AND l''C0LD WATER.
FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT P0C TO THE EXISTING
PIPING AT THIS LOCATION.
0- NEW LAVATORY SHALL MATCH WITH EXISTING.
PROVIDE 2"WASTE, 1-1/2'VENT, 1/2"C0LD WATER,
AND 1 /2" HOT WATER.
FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT P0C TO THE EXISTING
PIPING AT THIS LOCATION.
G)- NEW CLINICAL SINK.
PROVIDE 2"WASTE, 1-1/2'VENT, 1/2"C0LD WATER,
AND 1 /2" HOT WATER.
FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT P0C TO THE EXISTING
PIPING AT THIS LOCATION.
REMARKS
• IAJPMO IS 3-93
IAJPMO IS 3-93
IAJPMO IS 9-92
IAJPMO IS 9-92
SEE WASTE PIPE
')
.
J
w
~
0 "'
:,:
u
z
I
0 u,
z
0 in
~ a::
-N
I
0 I
--
!'.l
!'.l
...
"
=>
□ z
w
□
51 -
1-
:z
w
:::.
1-1
:z
-~ u
1-1
'I\. 0
-s Cl..
No. 46044
Ei<p. 12/31/22
CJV\\..
APPROVED BY
SAVAT KHAMPH0U, PE, PLS
CITY ENGINEER
R.C.E. NO. 62019
DATE
OWNER[CLIENT
CITY OF CORONA
400 S. VICENTIA AVE
CORONA, CA 92882
PROJECT TITLE
HARRISON EMERGENCY
SHELTER PHASE 2
420 W. HARRISON ST.
CORONA, CA 92880
SHEET TITLE
ENLARGED PLUMBING
CEILING PLAN - WEST WING
DATE Bll 1 L21
DRAWN LS
CHECKED
JOB NO. 21027
SCALE PS SHOWN
DRAWING No. 21-046
P-1
REV. 00
Rev-1
NEW SINK MUST BE 18" MAX OR SELECT ALTERNATE FOR CLIENT APPROVAL.
DocuSign Envelope ID: BDFA1457-0E53-495B-BDA1-7F6F063B8277 1/18/2022